UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

 
þ
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2014
or

 
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from ___________________ to ___________________ 
 
Commission file number 000-03683
 
Trustmark Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Mississippi
 
64-0471500
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi
 
39201
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
(601) 208-5111
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ          No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ          No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer þ          
 
Accelerated filer o         
 
Non-accelerated filer  o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company  o     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes o          No þ
 
As of October 31, 2014, there were 67,439,949 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).
 


Forward-Looking Statements
 
Certain statements contained in this document constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements. You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations, or enforcement practices, or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.
 
2

 
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
($ in thousands)

   
(Unaudited)
September 30,
2014
   
December 31,
2013
 
Assets
 
   
 
Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)
 
$
237,497
   
$
345,761
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
4,013
     
7,253
 
Securities available for sale (at fair value)
   
2,363,895
     
2,194,154
 
Securities held to maturity (fair value: $1,170,213-2014; $1,150,833-2013)
   
1,169,640
     
1,168,728
 
Loans held for sale (LHFS)
   
135,562
     
149,169
 
Loans held for investment (LHFI)
   
6,333,651
     
5,798,881
 
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
   
70,134
     
66,448
 
Net LHFI
   
6,263,517
     
5,732,433
 
Acquired loans:
               
Noncovered loans
   
564,542
     
769,990
 
Covered loans
   
27,607
     
34,216
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
11,949
     
9,636
 
Net acquired loans
   
580,200
     
794,570
 
Net LHFI and acquired loans
   
6,843,717
     
6,527,003
 
Premises and equipment, net
   
200,474
     
207,283
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
67,090
     
67,834
 
Goodwill
   
365,500
     
372,851
 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
35,357
     
41,990
 
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
   
97,037
     
106,539
 
Covered other real estate
   
4,146
     
5,108
 
FDIC indemnification asset
   
8,154
     
14,347
 
Other assets
   
564,234
     
582,363
 
Total Assets
 
$
12,096,316
   
$
11,790,383
 
                 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing
 
$
2,723,480
   
$
2,663,503
 
Interest-bearing
   
6,789,745
     
7,196,399
 
Total deposits
   
9,513,225
     
9,859,902
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
607,851
     
251,587
 
Short-term borrowings
   
316,666
     
66,385
 
Long-term FHLB advances
   
8,003
     
8,458
 
Subordinated notes
   
49,928
     
49,904
 
Junior subordinated debt securities
   
61,856
     
61,856
 
Other liabilities
   
123,689
     
137,338
 
Total Liabilities
   
10,681,218
     
10,435,430
 
                 
Shareholders' Equity
               
Common stock, no par value:
               
Authorized:  250,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding: 67,439,788 shares - 2014;
67,372,980 shares - 2013
   
14,051
     
14,038
 
Capital surplus
   
354,251
     
349,680
 
Retained earnings
   
1,081,161
     
1,034,966
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
   
(34,365
)
   
(43,731
)
Total Shareholders' Equity
   
1,415,098
     
1,354,953
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
12,096,316
   
$
11,790,383
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
3

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
($ in thousands except per share data)
(Unaudited)

   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Interest Income
 
   
   
   
 
Interest and fees on LHFI & LHFS
 
$
66,934
   
$
65,403
   
$
196,351
   
$
194,572
 
Interest and fees on acquired loans
   
23,200
     
19,183
     
63,236
     
52,952
 
Interest on securities:
                               
Taxable
   
19,712
     
18,654
     
58,454
     
53,740
 
Tax exempt
   
1,199
     
1,274
     
3,690
     
3,869
 
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
9
     
8
     
20
     
17
 
Other interest income
   
386
     
372
     
1,140
     
1,099
 
Total Interest Income
   
111,440
     
104,894
     
322,891
     
306,249
 
Interest Expense
                               
Interest on deposits
   
3,606
     
4,970
     
11,941
     
14,950
 
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
180
     
106
     
366
     
275
 
Other interest expense
   
1,425
     
1,389
     
4,163
     
4,392
 
Total Interest Expense
   
5,211
     
6,465
     
16,470
     
19,617
 
Net Interest Income
   
106,229
     
98,429
     
306,421
     
286,632
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
3,058
     
(3,624
)
   
2,604
     
(11,438
)
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
1,145
     
3,292
     
4,992
     
1,870
 
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses
   
102,026
     
98,761
     
298,825
     
296,200
 
Noninterest Income
                               
Service charges on deposit accounts
   
12,743
     
13,852
     
36,157
     
38,462
 
Bank card and other fees
   
7,279
     
8,929
     
26,254
     
26,381
 
Mortgage banking, net
   
5,842
     
8,440
     
18,862
     
28,318
 
Insurance commissions
   
9,240
     
8,227
     
25,637
     
23,483
 
Wealth management
   
8,038
     
7,520
     
23,883
     
21,335
 
Other, net
   
(160
)
   
165
     
18
     
(3,171
)
Security (losses) gains, net
   
(89
)
   
-
     
300
     
378
 
Total Noninterest Income
   
42,893
     
47,133
     
131,111
     
135,186
 
Noninterest Expense
                               
Salaries and employee benefits
   
56,675
     
56,043
     
169,535
     
165,040
 
Services and fees
   
14,489
     
13,580
     
42,197
     
39,428
 
Net occupancy - premises
   
6,817
     
6,644
     
19,836
     
19,302
 
Equipment expense
   
5,675
     
6,271
     
17,949
     
18,138
 
ORE/Foreclosure expense
   
930
     
3,079
     
8,081
     
12,030
 
FDIC assessment expense
   
2,644
     
2,376
     
7,528
     
6,773
 
Other expense
   
12,964
     
13,531
     
39,447
     
50,153
 
Total Noninterest Expense
   
100,194
     
101,524
     
304,573
     
310,864
 
Income Before Income Taxes
   
44,725
     
44,370
     
125,363
     
120,522
 
Income taxes
   
11,136
     
11,336
     
29,874
     
31,501
 
Net Income
 
$
33,589
   
$
33,034
   
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
                                 
Earnings Per Share
                               
Basic
 
$
0.50
   
$
0.49
   
$
1.42
   
$
1.33
 
Diluted
 
$
0.50
   
$
0.49
   
$
1.41
   
$
1.33
 
                                 
Dividends Per Share
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.23
   
$
0.69
   
$
0.69
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
4

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)

   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Net income per consolidated statements of income
 
$
33,589
   
$
33,034
   
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
                               
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities and transferred securities:
                               
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period
   
(5,182
)
   
(17,461
)
   
5,814
     
(60,596
)
Less: adjustment for net losses (gains) realized in net income
   
55
     
-
     
(185
)
   
(233
)
Change in net unrealized holding losses on securities transferred to held to maturity
   
1,011
     
-
     
2,744
     
-
 
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                               
Net change in prior service costs
   
39
     
38
     
116
     
116
 
Recognized net loss due to settlement
   
1,055
     
518
     
1,518
     
842
 
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
   
(949
)
   
1,009
     
166
     
3,038
 
Derivatives:
                               
Change in the accumulated gain on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
163
     
(242
)
   
(807
)
   
1,212
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
   
(3,808
)
   
(16,138
)
   
9,366
     
(55,621
)
Comprehensive income
 
$
29,781
   
$
16,896
   
$
104,855
   
$
33,400
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
5

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)

   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance, January 1,
 
$
1,354,953
   
$
1,287,369
 
Net income per consolidated statements of income
   
95,489
     
89,021
 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
   
9,366
     
(55,621
)
Common stock dividends paid
   
(46,852
)
   
(46,674
)
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plans:
               
Stock options
   
-
     
845
 
Restricted stock
   
(795
)
   
(963
)
Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements
   
(353
)
   
(808
)
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plans
   
3,290
     
2,850
 
Common stock issued, business combinations
   
-
     
53,495
 
Balance, September 30,
 
$
1,415,098
   
$
1,329,514
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
6

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Operating Activities
       
Net income
 
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses, net
   
7,596
     
(9,568
)
Depreciation and amortization
   
27,088
     
27,800
 
Net amortization of securities
   
5,811
     
5,390
 
Securities gains, net
   
(300
)
   
(378
)
Gains on sales of loans, net
   
(7,853
)
   
(24,220
)
Deferred income tax provision
   
17,400
     
14,145
 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
   
679,037
     
1,156,310
 
Purchases and originations of loans held for sale
   
(656,031
)
   
(1,021,237
)
Originations and sales of mortgage servicing rights, net
   
(8,883
)
   
(15,551
)
Increase in bank-owned life insurance
   
(3,526
)
   
(510
)
Net decrease in other assets
   
5,289
     
38,854
 
Net decrease in other liabilities
   
(11,087
)
   
(3,431
)
Other operating activities, net
   
9,552
     
7,390
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
159,582
     
264,015
 
 
               
Investing Activities
               
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity
   
67,352
     
7,269
 
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available for sale
   
274,764
     
642,687
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
   
56,815
     
67,558
 
Purchases of securities held to maturity
   
(63,986
)
   
(35,045
)
Purchases of securities available for sale
   
(497,549
)
   
(1,000,015
)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
   
-
     
(100,000
)
Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
3,240
     
(821
)
Net (increase) decrease in loans
   
(354,281
)
   
59,025
 
Purchases of premises and equipment
   
(8,555
)
   
(12,862
)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
   
4,632
     
3,782
 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate
   
37,730
     
30,389
 
Investments in tax credit and other partnerships
   
(5118
)
   
(12,755
)
Distributions received for investment in tax credit and other partnerships
   
7,037
     
-
 
Net cash received in business combination
   
-
     
89,037
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(477,919
)
   
(261,751
)
 
               
Financing Activities
               
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
   
(346,677
)
   
150,463
 
Net increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
356,264
     
53,636
 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
   
248,624
     
(21,174
)
Payments on long-term FHLB advances
   
(138
)
   
(383
)
Redemption of junior subordinated debt securities
   
-
     
(33,000
)
Common stock dividends
   
(46,852
)
   
(46,674
)
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plans
   
(795
)
   
(118
)
Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements
   
(353
)
   
(808
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
210,073
     
101,942
 
 
               
(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
(108,264
)
   
104,206
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
345,761
     
231,489
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
237,497
   
$
335,695
 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements, specifically Note 14 - Statements of Cash Flows.
 
7

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 207 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.

The consolidated financial statements in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s 2013 annual report on Form 10-K.

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting period and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2014 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect our results of operations and financial condition.  The allowance for loan losses, the amount and timing of expected cash flows from acquired loans and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) indemnification asset, the valuation of other real estate, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, the valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the status of contingencies and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 Business Combinations

Somerville Bank & Trust Company

Immediately following the close of business on December 31, 2013, Trustmark National Bank (TNB), a subsidiary of Trustmark, completed its merger with Somerville Bank & Trust Company (Somerville), also a subsidiary of Trustmark, with TNB as the surviving entity in the merger.  Somerville, headquartered in Somerville, Tennessee, provided banking services in the eastern Memphis metropolitan statistical area (MSA) through five offices.  At December 31, 2013, Somerville had total assets of $219.6 million.  TNB and Somerville were both wholly owned subsidiaries of Trustmark; as such, the merger represented a business reorganization between affiliates under common control.

Oxford, Mississippi Branches

On July 26, 2013, TNB completed its acquisition of two branches of SOUTHBank, F.S.B. (SOUTHBank), located in Oxford, Mississippi.  As a result of this acquisition, TNB assumed deposit accounts of approximately $11.7 million in addition to purchasing the two physical branch offices.  The transaction was not material to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements and was not considered a business combination in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”

BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.

On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust), a 26-year-old bank holding company headquartered in Mobile, Alabama.  In accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement, the holders of BancTrust common stock received 0.125 of a share of Trustmark common stock for each share of BancTrust common stock in a tax-free exchange.  Trustmark issued approximately 2.24 million shares of its common stock for all issued and outstanding shares of BancTrust common stock.  The total value of the 2.24 million shares of Trustmark common stock issued to the BancTrust shareholders on the acquisition date was approximately $53.5 million, based on a closing stock price of $23.83 per share of Trustmark common stock on February 15, 2013.  At closing, Trustmark repurchased the $50.0 million of BancTrust preferred stock and associated warrant issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program for approximately $52.6 million.
 
8

The acquisition of BancTrust was consistent with Trustmark’s strategic plan to selectively expand the Trustmark franchise. The acquisition provided Trustmark entry into more than 15 markets in Alabama and enhanced the Trustmark franchise in the Florida Panhandle.

This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

Trustmark recorded fair value adjustments based on the estimated fair value of certain acquired loans, premises and equipment, net and other real estate.  During 2013, these measurement period adjustments resulted in a decrease in acquired noncovered loans of $6.8 million, a decrease in premises and equipment, net of $627 thousand, a decrease in other real estate of $2.6 million, an increase in the deferred tax asset of $3.4 million and an increase in goodwill of $6.3 million.  Trustmark also recorded an adjustment to transfer $1.6 million of acquired property from premises and equipment, net to other real estate during 2013.  During the first quarter of 2014, Trustmark recorded an additional measurement period adjustment that resulted in a $7.4 million decrease in goodwill with a corresponding increase in the deferred tax asset.  These measurement period adjustments were presented on a retrospective basis, consistent with applicable accounting guidance.  The purchase price allocation was finalized during the first quarter of 2014.

The statement of assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the BancTrust acquisition is presented below at their adjusted estimated fair values as of the acquisition date of February 15, 2013 ($ in thousands):

Assets:
   
Cash and due from banks
 
$
141,616
 
Securities available for sale
   
528,016
 
Loans held for sale
   
1,050
 
Acquired noncovered loans
   
944,235
 
Premises and equipment, net
   
54,952
 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
33,498
 
Other real estate
   
40,103
 
Other assets
   
109,423
 
Total Assets
   
1,852,893
 
         
Liabilities:
       
Deposits
   
1,740,254
 
Other borrowings
   
64,051
 
Other liabilities
   
16,761
 
Total Liabilities
   
1,821,066
 
         
Net identified assets acquired at fair value
   
31,827
 
Goodwill
   
74,247
 
Net assets acquired at fair value
 
$
106,074
 

The excess of the consideration paid over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was $74.2 million, which was recorded as goodwill under FASB ASC Topic 805.  The identifiable intangible assets acquired represent the core deposit intangible at fair value at the acquisition date.  The core deposit intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated useful life, currently expected to be approximately 10 years.

Loans, excluding loans held for sale (LHFS), acquired from BancTrust were evaluated under a fair value process involving various degrees of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and also for those loans for which it was probable at acquisition that Trustmark would not be able to collect all contractually required payments.  These loans, with the exception of revolving credit agreements and leases, are referred to as acquired impaired loans and are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.”  Refer to Note 5 – Acquired Loans for further information on acquired loans.

The operations of BancTrust are included in Trustmark’s operating results from February 15, 2013. Trustmark’s noninterest expense during the first quarter of 2013 included non-routine BancTrust transaction expenses totaling approximately $9.4 million (change in control and severance expense of $1.4 million included in salaries and benefits; professional fees, contract termination and other expenses of $7.9 million included in other expense).
 
9

Fair Value of Acquired Financial Instruments

For financial instruments measured at fair value, Trustmark utilized Level 2 inputs to determine the fair value of securities available for sale, time deposits (included in deposits above) and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances.  Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value of acquired loans, identifiable intangible assets, and other real estate.  The methodology and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

Securities Available for Sale

Estimated fair values for securities available for sale are based on quoted market prices where available.  If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Acquired Loans

Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults and current market rates. 

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The fair value assigned to the identifiable intangible assets, in this case core deposit intangibles, represent the future economic benefit of the potential cost savings from acquiring core deposits in the acquisition compared to the cost of obtaining alternative funding from market sources.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on similar market comparable valuations less estimated selling costs.

Time Deposits

Time deposits were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each account’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for deposits with similar maturities.

FHLB Advances

FHLB advances were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each advance’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for advances with similar maturities.

Please refer to Note 16 – Fair Value for more information on Trustmark’s classification of financial instruments based on valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy.
 
10

Note 3 Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity ($ in thousands):

   
Securities Available for Sale
   
Securities Held to Maturity
 
September 30, 2014
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
                                                               
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
   
83,354
     
729
     
(1,072
)
   
83,011
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
30,719
     
100
     
(40
)
   
30,779
     
100,767
     
1,858
     
(55
)
   
102,570
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
159,304
     
6,200
     
(41
)
   
165,463
     
64,538
     
3,487
     
-
     
68,025
 
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
12,319
     
524
     
(15
)
   
12,828
     
13,368
     
304
     
(15
)
   
13,657
 
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
209,455
     
4,086
     
(121
)
   
213,420
     
11,816
     
245
     
-
     
12,061
 
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,606,565
     
13,065
     
(16,492
)
   
1,603,138
     
836,966
     
1,723
     
(6,106
)
   
832,583
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
215,284
     
6,414
     
(57
)
   
221,641
     
142,185
     
956
     
(1,824
)
   
141,317
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
32,531
     
984
     
-
     
33,515
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
2,349,631
   
$
32,102
   
$
(17,838
)
 
$
2,363,895
   
$
1,169,640
   
$
8,573
   
$
(8,000
)
 
$
1,170,213
 
                                                                 
                                                                 
December 31, 2013
                                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
501
   
$
1
   
$
-
   
$
502
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
                                                               
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
   
129,653
     
1,125
     
(1,485
)
   
129,293
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
40,681
     
19
     
(521
)
   
40,179
     
100,159
     
-
     
(1,580
)
   
98,579
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
165,810
     
6,243
     
(315
)
   
171,738
     
65,987
     
2,806
     
(281
)
   
68,512
 
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
14,099
     
459
     
(84
)
   
14,474
     
9,433
     
142
     
(72
)
   
9,503
 
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
239,880
     
3,147
     
(1,909
)
   
241,118
     
12,724
     
30
     
(162
)
   
12,592
 
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,300,375
     
12,459
     
(22,093
)
   
1,290,741
     
837,393
     
-
     
(15,072
)
   
822,321
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
235,317
     
7,278
     
(423
)
   
242,172
     
143,032
     
85
     
(3,791
)
   
139,326
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
62,689
     
1,248
     
-
     
63,937
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
2,189,005
   
$
31,979
   
$
(26,830
)
 
$
2,194,154
   
$
1,168,728
   
$
3,063
   
$
(20,958
)
 
$
1,150,833
 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At September 30, 2014, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $41.9 million ($25.9 million, net of tax).

During the first quarter of 2014, Trustmark sold its remaining $25.9 million of Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLO) generating a net gain of $389 thousand. These securities were identified as available for sale and had been carried in the asset-backed securities and structured financial products line item in the table shown above.
 
11

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The table below includes securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment ($ in thousands):

   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
September 30, 2014
 
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
 
$
22,911
   
$
(147
)
 
$
31,307
   
$
(925
)
 
$
54,218
   
$
(1,072
)
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
14,333
     
(55
)
   
9,940
     
(40
)
   
24,273
     
(95
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
2,286
     
(7
)
   
4,710
     
(34
)
   
6,996
     
(41
)
Mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
6,007
     
(25
)
   
675
     
(5
)
   
6,682
     
(30
)
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
36,918
     
(121
)
   
-
     
-
     
36,918
     
(121
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
820,242
     
(8,173
)
   
420,054
     
(14,425
)
   
1,240,296
     
(22,598
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
27,874
     
(445
)
   
70,930
     
(1,436
)
   
98,804
     
(1,881
)
Total
 
$
930,571
   
$
(8,973
)
 
$
537,616
   
$
(16,865
)
 
$
1,468,187
   
$
(25,838
)
                                                 
December 31, 2013
                                               
U.S. Government agency obligations
                                               
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
 
$
68,908
   
$
(1,485
)
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
68,908
   
$
(1,485
)
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
138,478
     
(2,101
)
   
-
     
-
     
138,478
     
(2,101
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
55,963
     
(586
)
   
796
     
(10
)
   
56,759
     
(596
)
Mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
14,732
     
(155
)
   
161
     
(1
)
   
14,893
     
(156
)
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
118,466
     
(2,071
)
   
-
     
-
     
118,466
     
(2,071
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,534,381
     
(36,750
)
   
23,458
     
(415
)
   
1,557,839
     
(37,165
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
177,412
     
(4,214
)
   
-
     
-
     
177,412
     
(4,214
)
Total
 
$
2,108,340
   
$
(47,362
)
 
$
24,415
   
$
(426
)
 
$
2,132,755
   
$
(47,788
)
 
The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at September 30, 2014.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

Security Gains and Losses

Gains and losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities, as well as any associated proceeds, were as follows ($ in thousands):

 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Available for Sale
 
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Proceeds from calls and sales of securities
 
$
30,540
   
$
-
   
$
56,815
   
$
64,778
 
Gross realized gains
   
67
     
-
     
456
     
394
 
Gross realized losses
   
(156
)
   
-
     
(156
)
   
(16
)

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security gains, net.
 
12

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at September 30, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
 
Securities
Available for Sale
   
Securities
Held to Maturity
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
15,979
   
$
16,132
   
$
3,194
   
$
3,220
 
Due after one year through five years
   
119,935
     
124,331
     
11,661
     
12,394
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
83,488
     
86,120
     
134,637
     
138,486
 
Due after ten years
   
86,606
     
86,285
     
15,813
     
16,495
 
 
   
306,008
     
312,868
     
165,305
     
170,595
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
2,043,623
     
2,051,027
     
1,004,335
     
999,618
 
Total
 
$
2,349,631
   
$
2,363,895
   
$
1,169,640
   
$
1,170,213
 
 
Note 4 Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

For the periods presented, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Loans secured by real estate:
 
   
 
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
580,794
   
$
596,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,625,480
     
1,485,564
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,560,901
     
1,415,139
 
Other
   
239,819
     
189,362
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,246,753
     
1,157,614
 
Consumer loans
   
168,813
     
165,308
 
Other loans
   
911,091
     
789,005
 
LHFI
   
6,333,651
     
5,798,881
 
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
   
70,134
     
66,448
 
Net LHFI
 
$
6,263,517
   
$
5,732,433
 
 
Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark's geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate are susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI, which are individually evaluated for impairment, were $88.3 million and $65.2 million, respectively.  Of this total, all commercial nonaccrual LHFI over $500 thousand were specifically evaluated for impairment (specifically evaluated impaired LHFI) using a fair value approach.  The remaining nonaccrual LHFI were not specifically reviewed and not written down to fair value less cost to sell.  No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired or nonaccrual loans for each of the periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

All of Trustmark’s specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are collateral dependent loans.  At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $54.1 million and $31.6 million, respectively.  In addition, these specifically evaluated impaired LHFI had a related allowance of $9.0 million and $2.2 million at the end of the respective periods.  For collateral dependent loans, when a loan is deemed impaired the full difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the most likely estimate of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell is charged off.  Charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $55 thousand and $2.1 million for the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Provision expense on specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $1.6 million for the first nine months of 2014 compared to provision recapture of $3.5 million for the first nine months of 2013.
 
13

Fair value estimates for specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the property, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated.  At the time a specifically evaluated impaired LHFI is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the asset’s net realizable value is charged off.  As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, nonaccrual LHFI not specifically reviewed for impairment and not written down to fair value less cost to sell, totaled $34.2 million and $33.7 million, respectively.  In addition, these nonaccrual LHFI had allocated allowance for loan losses of $1.7 million and $3.0 million at the end of the respective periods.

The following table details LHFI individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
             
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
20,286
   
$
560,508
   
$
580,794
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
27,017
     
1,598,463
     
1,625,480
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
23,885
     
1,537,016
     
1,560,901
 
Other
   
1,203
     
238,616
     
239,819
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
15,178
     
1,231,575
     
1,246,753
 
Consumer loans
   
160
     
168,653
     
168,813
 
Other loans
   
585
     
910,506
     
911,091
 
 Total
 
$
88,314
   
$
6,245,337
   
$
6,333,651
 

   
December 31, 2013
 
   
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
             
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
13,327
   
$
583,562
   
$
596,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
21,603
     
1,463,961
     
1,485,564
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
21,809
     
1,393,330
     
1,415,139
 
Other
   
1,327
     
188,035
     
189,362
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
6,286
     
1,151,328
     
1,157,614
 
Consumer loans
   
151
     
165,157
     
165,308
 
Other loans
   
735
     
788,270
     
789,005
 
Total
 
$
65,238
   
$
5,733,643
   
$
5,798,881
 
 
14

At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the carrying amount of LHFI individually evaluated for impairment consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
LHFI
         
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
With No Related
Allowance
Recorded
   
With an
Allowance
Recorded
   
Total
Carrying
Amount
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
                         
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
27,271
   
$
9,491
   
$
10,795
   
$
20,286
   
$
2,607
   
$
16,806
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
32,478
     
1,758
     
25,259
     
27,017
     
431
     
24,310
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
26,702
     
14,420
     
9,465
     
23,885
     
2,163
     
22,847
 
Other
   
1,468
     
-
     
1,203
     
1,203
     
57
     
1,265
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
16,624
     
1,916
     
13,262
     
15,178
     
5,203
     
10,732
 
Consumer loans
   
239
     
-
     
160
     
160
     
1
     
156
 
Other loans
   
698
     
-
     
585
     
585
     
263
     
661
 
Total
 
$
105,480
   
$
27,585
   
$
60,729
   
$
88,314
   
$
10,725
   
$
76,777
 

 
December 31, 2013
   
LHFI
         
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
With No Related
Allowance
Recorded
   
With an
Allowance
Recorded
   
Total
Carrying
Amount
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
24,350
   
$
9,817
   
$
3,510
   
$
13,327
   
$
989
   
$
20,216
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
26,541
     
3,095
     
18,508
     
21,603
     
191
     
24,359
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
24,879
     
10,225
     
11,584
     
21,809
     
2,307
     
20,049
 
Other
   
1,375
     
-
     
1,327
     
1,327
     
122
     
2,641
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
8,702
     
2,506
     
3,780
     
6,286
     
1,253
     
5,513
 
Consumer loans
   
286
     
-
     
151
     
151
     
2
     
255
 
Other loans
   
849
     
-
     
735
     
735
     
317
     
767
 
Total
 
$
86,982
   
$
25,643
   
$
39,595
   
$
65,238
   
$
5,181
   
$
73,800
 
 
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectibility by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance.  A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”  Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.

A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.
 
At September 30, 2014, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $12.0 million, $14.8 million and $16.8 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time totaling $7.9 million, $11.1 million and $12.6 million, respectively.  The remaining TDRs at September 30, 2014, December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2013 resulted from real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were not reaffirmed or from payment or maturity extensions.
 
15

For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.7 million at the end of each respective period.  LHFI classified as TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.  Specific charge-offs related to TDRs totaled $62 thousand and $703 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following table illustrates the impact of modifications classified as TDRs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the period ($ in thousands):
 
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
2
   
$
191
   
$
191
     
1
   
$
32
   
$
32
 
 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
16
   
$
1,172
   
$
1,158
     
6
   
$
412
   
$
358
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
1
     
952
     
952
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
2
     
944
     
937
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
1
     
2,490
     
2,490
 
Total
   
16
   
$
1,172
   
$
1,158
     
10
   
$
4,798
   
$
4,737
 
 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
   
Recorded Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Recorded Investment
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
   
-
   
$
-
     
1
   
$
9
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1
     
106
     
4
     
389
 
Total
   
1
   
$
106
     
5
   
$
398
 
 
Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.
 
16

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
   
Total
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
-
   
$
4,076
   
$
4,076
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,373
     
3,940
     
5,313
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
1,923
     
1,923
 
Other loans secured by real estate
   
-
     
156
     
156
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
524
     
524
 
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
 
$
1,373
   
$
10,619
   
$
11,992
 
                         
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
   
Total
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
-
   
$
6,247
   
$
6,247
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,320
     
4,201
     
5,521
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
2,292
     
2,292
 
Other loans secured by real estate
   
-
     
167
     
167
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
549
     
549
 
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
 
$
1,320
   
$
13,456
   
$
14,776
 
                         
   
September 30, 2013
 
   
Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
   
Total
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
227
   
$
7,304
   
$
7,531
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,255
     
4,965
     
6,220
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
2,349
     
2,349
 
Other loans secured by real estate
   
-
     
174
     
174
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
568
     
568
 
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
 
$
1,482
   
$
15,360
   
$
16,842
 

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are unique to commercial loans.

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, total policy exceptions, collateral exceptions and violations of law as shown below:

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy such as financial statements, review memos and loan agreements.
Underwriting/Policy – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within requirements of bank loan policy.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.
Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to support the obligation, perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and protect collateral value.  There are two parts to this measure:
ü
Collateral exceptions are where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.
 
17

ü
90 days and over collateral exceptions are where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired and the exception has been identified in excess of 90 days.
Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.
Other Assets Especially Mentioned (OAEM) - (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.
Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.
Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.
Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades OAEM (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

The credit risk grades represent the probability of default (PD) for an individual credit and as such are not a direct indication of loss given default (LGD).  The LGD aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas.  To account for the variance in the LGD aspects of the risk rate system, the loss expectations for each risk rating is integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated LGD is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area.  The LGD aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.

To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.
 
The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool.  A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 as loans classified as Losses are not carried on Trustmark’s books over quarter-end as they are charged off within the period that the loss is determined.

The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss.  The nine grade scale described above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth.  The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.
 
18

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.  In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a detailed review and evaluation of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of troubled debt restructurings.  In addition, on a quarterly basis the Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer.  To assure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans, this process allows Management to make necessary changes such as revisions to underwriting procedures and credit policies, or changes in loan authority to Trustmark personnel.

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting.  Trustmark also monitors its consumer LHFI delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.

The table below illustrates the carrying amount of LHFI by credit quality indicator at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
       
Commercial LHFI
 
       
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
     
$
482,131
   
$
1,774
   
$
37,353
   
$
143
   
$
521,401
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
129,352
     
1,692
     
7,576
     
263
     
138,883
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
1,442,787
     
31,921
     
85,081
     
212
     
1,560,001
 
Other
       
230,604
     
-
     
6,700
     
-
     
237,304
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
1,210,480
     
6,007
     
29,418
     
847
     
1,246,752
 
Consumer loans
       
198
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
198
 
Other loans
       
890,052
     
7,670
     
6,545
     
586
     
904,853
 
       
$
4,385,604
   
$
49,064
   
$
172,673
   
$
2,051
   
$
4,609,392
 
                                             
   
Consumer LHFI
         
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
58,866
   
$
424
   
$
-
   
$
103
   
$
59,393
   
$
580,794
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,451,174
     
9,411
     
2,845
     
23,167
     
1,486,597
     
1,625,480
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
900
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
900
     
1,560,901
 
Other
   
2,515
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
2,515
     
239,819
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
1
     
-
     
1
     
1,246,753
 
Consumer loans
   
166,314
     
1,870
     
272
     
159
     
168,615
     
168,813
 
Other loans
   
6,238
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
6,238
     
911,091
 
   
$
1,686,007
   
$
11,705
   
$
3,118
   
$
23,429
   
$
1,724,259
   
$
6,333,651
 
 
19

   
December 31, 2013
 
       
Commercial LHFI
 
       
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
     
$
493,380
   
$
4,383
   
$
47,610
   
$
318
   
$
545,691
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
119,640
     
479
     
7,839
     
110
     
128,068
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
1,313,470
     
12,620
     
87,203
     
399
     
1,413,692
 
Other
       
178,951
     
-
     
6,756
     
235
     
185,942
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
1,099,429
     
18,771
     
37,209
     
2,187
     
1,157,596
 
Consumer loans
       
496
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
496
 
Other loans
       
777,395
     
60
     
4,126
     
669
     
782,250
 
       
$
3,982,761
   
$
36,313
   
$
190,743
   
$
3,918
   
$
4,213,735
 
                                             
   
Consumer LHFI
         
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
50,850
   
$
131
   
$
-
   
$
217
   
$
51,198
   
$
596,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,327,624
     
8,937
     
2,996
     
17,939
     
1,357,496
     
1,485,564
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,439
     
8
     
-
     
-
     
1,447
     
1,415,139
 
Other
   
3,418
     
2
     
-
     
-
     
3,420
     
189,362
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
13
     
5
     
-
     
-
     
18
     
1,157,614
 
Consumer loans
   
162,348
     
2,012
     
302
     
150
     
164,812
     
165,308
 
Other loans
   
6,755
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
6,755
     
789,005
 
   
$
1,552,447
   
$
11,095
   
$
3,298
   
$
18,306
   
$
1,585,146
   
$
5,798,881
 
 
Past Due LHFI

LHFI past due 90 days or more totaled $3.8 million and $3.3 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  The following tables provide an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by class at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual
   
Current
Loans
   
Total LHFI
 
                             
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
466
   
$
360
   
$
268
   
$
1,094
   
$
20,286
   
$
559,414
   
$
580,794
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
6,685
     
2,893
     
2,845
     
12,423
     
27,017
     
1,586,040
     
1,625,480
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
9,787
     
3,614
     
-
     
13,401
     
23,885
     
1,523,615
     
1,560,901
 
Other
   
202
     
65
     
-
     
267
     
1,203
     
238,349
     
239,819
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,806
     
97
     
454
     
2,357
     
15,178
     
1,229,218
     
1,246,753
 
Consumer loans
   
1,627
     
243
     
272
     
2,142
     
160
     
166,511
     
168,813
 
Other loans
   
82
     
27
     
-
     
109
     
585
     
910,397
     
911,091
 
Total
 
$
20,655
   
$
7,299
   
$
3,839
   
$
31,793
   
$
88,314
   
$
6,213,544
   
$
6,333,651
 
 
(1) Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

 
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual
   
Current
Loans
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
656
   
$
267
   
$
-
   
$
923
   
$
13,327
   
$
582,639
   
$
596,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
7,322
     
2,115
     
2,996
     
12,433
     
21,603
     
1,451,528
     
1,485,564
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,934
     
110
     
-
     
2,044
     
21,809
     
1,391,286
     
1,415,139
 
Other
   
2
     
3
     
-
     
5
     
1,327
     
188,030
     
189,362
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
809
     
198
     
-
     
1,007
     
6,286
     
1,150,321
     
1,157,614
 
Consumer loans
   
1,866
     
146
     
302
     
2,314
     
151
     
162,843
     
165,308
 
Other loans
   
17
     
-
     
-
     
17
     
735
     
788,253
     
789,005
 
Total
 
$
12,606
   
$
2,839
   
$
3,298
   
$
18,743
   
$
65,238
   
$
5,714,900
   
$
5,798,881
 

(1) Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
 
20

Past Due LHFS

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $25.0 million and $21.5 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first nine months of 2014.  During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $57.4 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA. These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $534 thousand, which was included in mortgage banking, net for the first nine months of 2013.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP.  The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction LHFI portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market.  A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type.  As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types.  The nine separate pools are shown below:

Commercial Purpose LHFI
 
Real Estate – Owner Occupied
Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied
Working Capital
Non-Working Capital
Land
Lots and Development
Political Subdivisions

Commercial Construction LHFI
1 to 4 Family
Non-1 to 4 Family

The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs by loan type within each key market region.  This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

National and regional economic trends and conditions
Impact of recent performance trends
Experience, ability and effectiveness of management
Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls
Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends
Credit concentrations
Acquisitions
Catastrophe
 
21

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.

During 2013, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI to incorporate a loan facility risk component.  Loan facility risk embodies the nature, frequency and duration of the repayment structure as it pertains to the actual source of loan repayment.  The underlying loan structure and nature of the credit either is risk neutral for standard structure or adds risk to the credit for any variance that represents additional credit risk from the standard structure.  If the facility structure adds additional credit risk, qualitative reserves are added to individual loans based on their respective commercial loan pools.  Factors considered in assigning facility risk include whether the principal is amortizing or not amortizing, revolving or not revolving, the payment frequency and the duration of the payment structure.  An additional provision of approximately $1.6 million was recorded in 2013 as a result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.

For each commercial loan portfolio, the loan facility risk factor’s percentage of the balances are summed and weighted based on commercial loan portfolio rankings.  This weighted-average facility factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.
 
During the third quarter 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI to incorporate an additional reserve component for commercial nonaccrual loans under $500 thousand.  A LHFI is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  A formal impairment analysis is performed on all commercial nonaccrual LHFI with an outstanding balance of $500 thousand or more, and based upon this analysis LHFI are written down to net realizable value.  These commercial nonaccrual credits under $500 thousand are generally not currently protected by an identified source of repayment or any viable secondary means of repayment and do not have collateral sufficient to extinguish the credit.  For such loans, it is currently unlikely that full repayment of both principal and interest will be realized.  An additional provision of approximately $822 thousand was recorded in the third quarter of 2014 as result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.
 
The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer LHFI portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:

Residential Mortgage
Direct Consumer
Auto Finance
Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties
Credit Cards
Overdrafts

The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology.  Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time.  This qualitative methodology utilizes five separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools.  The five qualitative factors include the following:

Economic indicators
Performance trends
Management experience
Lending policy measures
Credit concentrations

The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.  The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all markets combined.  The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.

During the second quarter 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI to incorporate the use of consumer credit bureau scores developed and provided by an independent third party.  The credit bureau scores reflect the customer’s historical willingness and ability to service their debt.  These credit bureau scores are monitored on an ongoing basis and represent a consumer’s credit payment history with all of their creditors including their repayment performance with Trustmark.  The implementation of this consumer qualitative factor will allow Trustmark to better monitor shifts in risk that are represented in the retail portfolio and ensure that it is reflective in the allowance for loan loss calculation.  An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2014 as a result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI.

The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then applied over the six loan pools.
 
22

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
66,448
   
$
78,738
 
Loans charged-off
   
(10,052
)
   
(10,173
)
Recoveries
   
11,134
     
11,505
 
Net recoveries
   
1,082
     
1,332
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
2,604
     
(11,438
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
70,134
   
$
68,632
 

The following tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by portfolio segment at September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively ($ in thousands):
 
   
2014
 
   
Balance
January 1,
   
Charge-offs
   
Recoveries
   
Provision for
Loan Losses
   
Balance
September 30,
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
13,165
   
$
(604
)
 
$
3,413
   
$
(6,139
)
 
$
9,835
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
9,633
     
(2,306
)
   
861
     
1,986
     
10,174
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
19,672
     
(240
)
   
400
     
1,099
     
20,931
 
Other
   
2,080
     
(277
)
   
-
     
571
     
2,374
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
15,522
     
(1,787
)
   
1,321
     
4,490
     
19,546
 
Consumer loans
   
2,405
     
(1,304
)
   
2,760
     
(1,631
)
   
2,230
 
Other loans
   
3,971
     
(3,534
)
   
2,379
     
2,228
     
5,044
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
66,448
   
$
(10,052
)
 
$
11,134
   
$
2,604
   
$
70,134
 
                                         
                   
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
 
                   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                                       
Construction, land development and other land
                 
$
2,607
   
$
7,228
   
$
9,835
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
                   
431
     
9,743
     
10,174
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
                   
2,163
     
18,768
     
20,931
 
Other
                   
57
     
2,317
     
2,374
 
Commercial and industrial loans
                   
5,203
     
14,343
     
19,546
 
Consumer loans
                   
1
     
2,229
     
2,230
 
Other loans
                   
263
     
4,781
     
5,044
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
                 
$
10,725
   
$
59,409
   
$
70,134
 
 
23

   
2013
 
   
Balance
January 1,
   
Charge-offs
 
Recoveries
 
Provision for
Loan Losses
 
Balance
September 30,
 
Loans secured by real estate:
             
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
21,838
   
$
(1,091
)
 
$
2,561
   
$
(7,419
)
 
$
15,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
12,957
     
(839
)
   
363
     
(3,723
)
   
8,758
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
21,096
     
(572
)
   
64
     
(1,828
)
   
18,760
 
Other
   
2,197
     
(910
)
   
80
     
497
     
1,864
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
14,319
     
(1,225
)
   
2,190
     
2,004
     
17,288
 
Consumer loans
   
3,087
     
(1,789
)
   
3,561
     
(2,256
)
   
2,603
 
Other loans
   
3,244
     
(3,747
)
   
2,686
     
1,287
     
3,470
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
78,738
   
$
(10,173
)
 
$
11,505
   
$
(11,438
)
 
$
68,632
 
                                         
                 
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
 
                 
Individually
 
Collectively
 
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                                       
Construction, land development and other land
                 
$
957
   
$
14,932
   
$
15,889
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
                   
260
     
8,498
     
8,758
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
                   
2,733
     
16,027
     
18,760
 
Other
                   
37
     
1,827
     
1,864
 
Commercial and industrial loans
                   
5,393
     
11,895
     
17,288
 
Consumer loans
                   
2
     
2,601
     
2,603
 
Other loans
                   
324
     
3,146
     
3,470
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
                 
$
9,706
   
$
58,926
   
$
68,632
 

Note 5 Acquired Loans

For the periods presented, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
Loans secured by real estate:
 
   
   
   
 
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
64,808
   
$
1,721
   
$
98,928
   
$
2,363
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
120,366
     
14,114
     
157,914
     
16,416
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
214,806
     
8,270
     
287,136
     
10,945
 
Other
   
28,036
     
2,949
     
33,948
     
2,644
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
103,185
     
327
     
149,495
     
394
 
Consumer loans
   
11,236
     
-
     
18,428
     
119
 
Other loans
   
22,105
     
226
     
24,141
     
1,335
 
Acquired loans
   
564,542
     
27,607
     
769,990
     
34,216
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
11,136
     
813
     
7,249
     
2,387
 
Net acquired loans
 
$
553,406
   
$
26,794
   
$
762,741
   
$
31,829
 

On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust.  Loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments.  Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition as acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 except for $153.9 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases, which are outside the scope of the guidance.  While not all loans acquired from BancTrust exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration, accounting for these acquired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment.  During the second and third quarters of 2013, Trustmark recorded fair value adjustments based on the estimated fair value of certain acquired loans which resulted in a net decrease in acquired noncovered loans totaling $6.8 million.  The purchase price allocation for these loans was considered final as of December 31, 2013.
 
24

The following table presents the adjusted fair value of loans acquired as of the date of the BancTrust acquisition ($ in thousands):

At acquisition date:
 
February 15, 2013
 
Contractually required principal and interest
 
$
1,256,669
 
Nonaccretable difference
   
201,324
 
Cash flows expected to be collected
   
1,055,345
 
Accretable yield
   
98,394
 
FASB ASC Topic 310-20 discount
   
12,716
 
Fair value of loans at acquisition
 
$
944,235
 
 
The following table presents changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
 
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2013
 
$
72,942
   
$
6,696
   
$
45,391
   
$
2,460
 
Loans acquired (2)
   
790,335
     
153,900
     
-
     
-
 
Accretion to interest income
   
35,538
     
2,628
     
5,150
     
159
 
Payments received, net
   
(229,618
)
   
(39,281
)
   
(18,976
)
   
(819
)
Other
   
(24,177
)
   
(858
)
   
(3,202
)
   
(137
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(5,364
)
   
-
     
1,803
     
-
 
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2013
   
639,656
     
123,085
     
30,166
     
1,663
 
Accretion to interest income
   
35,423
     
1,442
     
3,010
     
(1
)
Payments received, net
   
(185,880
)
   
(37,437
)
   
(7,831
)
   
126
 
Other
   
(26,284
)
   
(486
)
   
(1,429
)
   
(484
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
4,400
     
(513
)
   
1,129
     
445
 
Carrying value, net at September 30, 2014
 
$
467,315
   
$
86,091
   
$
25,045
   
$
1,749
 

(1) "Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
(2) Adjusted fair value of loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.
 
Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the accretable yield is the excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable.  The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Accretable yield at beginning of period
 
$
(109,006
)
 
$
(26,383
)
Additions due to acquisition (1)
   
-
     
(98,394
)
Accretion to interest income
   
38,433
     
28,927
 
Disposals
   
14,520
     
11,167
 
Reclassification to / (from) nonaccretable difference (2)
   
(26,826
)
   
(25,772
)
Accretable yield at end of period
 
$
(82,879
)
 
$
(110,455
)

(1) Accretable yield on loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013, adjusted for measurement period adjustments.
(2) Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are due to lower loss expectations and improvements in expected cash flows.
 
25

The following tables present the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
7,249
   
$
2,387
   
$
9,636
 
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
5,603
     
(611
)
   
4,992
 
Loans charged-off
   
(3,310
)
   
(917
)
   
(4,227
)
Recoveries
   
1,594
     
(46
)
   
1,548
 
Net charge-offs
   
(1,716
)
   
(963
)
   
(2,679
)
Balance at September 30, 2014
 
$
11,136
   
$
813
   
$
11,949
 
                         
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2013
 
$
1,885
   
$
4,190
   
$
6,075
 
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
3,038
     
(1,168
)
   
1,870
 
Loans charged-off
   
(3,028
)
   
(663
)
   
(3,691
)
Recoveries
   
1,112
     
(33
)
   
1,079
 
Net charge-offs
   
(1,916
)
   
(696
)
   
(2,612
)
Balance at September 30, 2013
 
$
3,007
   
$
2,326
   
$
5,333
 

As discussed in Note 4 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings.  These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans.  Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.
 
26

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of acquired loans by credit quality indicator at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
       
Commercial Loans
 
       
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Noncovered Loans:
                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
       
24,028
     
300
     
30,121
     
6,295
   
$
60,744
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
28,487
     
855
     
9,856
     
399
     
39,597
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
164,492
     
3,818
     
44,726
     
1,770
     
214,806
 
Other
       
22,882
     
94
     
4,769
     
284
     
28,029
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
78,663
     
861
     
19,755
     
3,906
     
103,185
 
Consumer loans
       
4
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
4
 
Other loans
       
19,724
     
-
     
2,350
     
-
     
22,074
 
Total noncovered loans
       
338,280
     
5,928
     
111,577
     
12,654
     
468,439
 
                                             
Covered Loans: (1)
                                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
       
140
     
-
     
1,039
     
395
     
1,574
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
1,644
     
248
     
1,190
     
-
     
3,082
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
4,693
     
230
     
3,077
     
-
     
8,000
 
Other
       
742
     
115
     
727
     
777
     
2,361
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
159
     
25
     
143
     
-
     
327
 
Consumer loans
       
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
       
226
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
226
 
Total covered loans
       
7,604
     
618
     
6,176
     
1,172
     
15,570
 
Total acquired loans
     
$
345,884
   
$
6,546
   
$
117,753
   
$
13,826
   
$
484,009
 
                                             
   
Consumer Loans
         
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total
Acquired Loans
 
Noncovered Loans:
                                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
3,695
   
$
58
   
$
311
   
$
-
   
$
4,064
   
$
64,808
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
75,408
     
2,160
     
3,061
     
140
     
80,769
     
120,366
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
214,806
 
Other
   
7
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
7
     
28,036
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
103,185
 
Consumer loans
   
11,000
     
164
     
68
     
-
     
11,232
     
11,236
 
Other loans
   
31
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
31
     
22,105
 
Total noncovered loans
   
90,141
     
2,382
     
3,440
     
140
     
96,103
     
564,542
 
                                                 
Covered Loans: (1)
                                               
Loans secured by real estate:
                                               
Construction, land development and other land
   
147
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
147
     
1,721
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
10,133
     
546
     
353
     
-
     
11,032
     
14,114
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
270
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
270
     
8,270
 
Other
   
554
     
-
     
34
     
-
     
588
     
2,949
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
327
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
226
 
Total covered loans
   
11,104
     
546
     
387
     
-
     
12,037
     
27,607
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
101,245
   
$
2,928
   
$
3,827
   
$
140
   
$
108,140
   
$
592,149
 
 
(1)
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.
 
27

    
December 31, 2013
 
       
Commercial Loans
 
       
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Noncovered Loans:
                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
     
$
39,075
   
$
2,506
   
$
42,486
   
$
8,445
   
$
92,512
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
33,810
     
2,983
     
17,422
     
538
     
54,753
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
184,594
     
9,027
     
88,952
     
4,563
     
287,136
 
Other
       
28,156
     
1,437
     
4,071
     
184
     
33,848
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
116,818
     
2,248
     
24,084
     
6,039
     
149,189
 
Consumer loans
       
21
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
21
 
Other loans
       
21,881
     
-
     
882
     
1,306
     
24,069
 
Total noncovered loans
       
424,355
     
18,201
     
177,897
     
21,075
     
641,528
 
                                             
Covered Loans: (1)
                                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
       
228
     
-
     
1,126
     
771
     
2,125
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
       
1,629
     
430
     
1,798
     
-
     
3,857
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
       
5,446
     
109
     
4,723
     
-
     
10,278
 
Other
       
832
     
134
     
717
     
2
     
1,685
 
Commercial and industrial loans
       
254
     
28
     
112
     
-
     
394
 
Consumer loans
       
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
       
271
     
-
     
414
     
646
     
1,331
 
Total covered loans
8,660
701
8,890
1,419
19,670
Total acquired loans
     
$
433,015
   
$
18,902
   
$
186,787
   
$
22,494
   
$
661,198
 
                                             
    
Consumer Loans
         
    
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total
Acquired Loans
 
Noncovered Loans:
                                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
5,813
   
$
108
   
$
495
   
$
-
   
$
6,416
   
$
98,928
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
95,987
     
3,599
     
3,466
     
109
     
103,161
     
157,914
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
287,136
 
Other
   
100
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
100
     
33,948
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
306
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
306
     
149,495
 
Consumer loans
   
18,076
     
239
     
92
     
-
     
18,407
     
18,428
 
Other loans
   
72
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
72
     
24,141
 
Total noncovered loans
120,354
3,946
4,053
109
128,462
769,990
                                                 
Covered Loans: (1)
                                               
Loans secured by real estate:
                                               
Construction, land development and other land
   
133
     
77
     
28
     
-
     
238
     
2,363
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
11,179
     
428
     
952
     
-
     
12,559
     
16,416
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
495
     
-
     
172
     
-
     
667
     
10,945
 
Other
   
617
     
342
     
-
     
-
     
959
     
2,644
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
394
 
Consumer loans
   
119
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
119
     
119
 
Other loans
   
4
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
4
     
1,335
 
Total covered loans
12,547
847
1,152
-
14,546
34,216
Total acquired loans
 
$
132,901
   
$
4,793
   
$
5,205
   
$
109
   
$
143,008
   
$
804,206
 
 
(1)
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.
 
At September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans.  At September 30, 2014, approximately $988 thousand of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans, compared to approximately $2.4 million of acquired loans at December 31, 2013.
 
28

The following tables provide an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans, by class at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual (2)
   
Current
Loans
   
Total Acquired
Loans
 
Noncovered loans:
                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
176
   
$
1,208
   
$
24,675
   
$
26,059
   
$
201
   
$
38,548
   
$
64,808
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
2,211
     
900
     
5,143
     
8,254
     
214
     
111,898
     
120,366
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,984
     
260
     
13,520
     
15,764
     
-
     
199,042
     
214,806
 
Other
   
-
     
-
     
747
     
747
     
-
     
27,289
     
28,036
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
381
     
328
     
1,512
     
2,221
     
495
     
100,469
     
103,185
 
Consumer loans
   
105
     
60
     
68
     
233
     
-
     
11,003
     
11,236
 
Other loans
   
27
     
-
     
-
     
27
     
-
     
22,078
     
22,105
 
Total noncovered loans
   
4,884
     
2,756
     
45,665
     
53,305
     
910
     
510,327
     
564,542
 
                                                         
Covered loans:
                                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
-
     
-
     
395
     
395
     
-
     
1,326
     
1,721
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
748
     
4
     
484
     
1,236
     
-
     
12,878
     
14,114
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,534
     
-
     
-
     
1,534
     
-
     
6,736
     
8,270
 
Other
   
253
     
-
     
1,126
     
1,379
     
-
     
1,570
     
2,949
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
10
     
-
     
41
     
51
     
78
     
198
     
327
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
226
     
226
 
Total covered loans
   
2,545
     
4
     
2,046
     
4,595
     
78
     
22,934
     
27,607
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
7,429
   
$
2,760
   
$
47,711
   
$
57,900
   
$
988
   
$
533,261
   
$
592,149
 

(1) Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2) Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual (2)
   
Current
Loans
   
Total Acquired
Loans
 
Noncovered loans:
                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
1,648
   
$
468
   
$
31,744
   
$
33,860
   
$
67
   
$
65,001
   
$
98,928
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
3,901
     
1,166
     
7,589
     
12,656
     
116
     
145,142
     
157,914
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4,851
     
3,127
     
15,421
     
23,399
     
461
     
263,276
     
287,136
 
Other
   
40
     
-
     
1,922
     
1,962
     
33
     
31,953
     
33,948
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
526
     
217
     
3,387
     
4,130
     
1,170
     
144,195
     
149,495
 
Consumer loans
   
205
     
34
     
92
     
331
     
-
     
18,097
     
18,428
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
153
     
153
     
20
     
23,968
     
24,141
 
Total noncovered loans
   
11,171
     
5,012
     
60,308
     
76,491
     
1,867
     
691,632
     
769,990
 
                                                         
Covered loans:
                                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
87
     
-
     
553
     
640
     
445
     
1,278
     
2,363
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
515
     
358
     
1,142
     
2,015
     
-
     
14,401
     
16,416
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
243
     
1,662
     
793
     
2,698
     
-
     
8,247
     
10,945
 
Other
   
571
     
139
     
2
     
712
     
-
     
1,932
     
2,644
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
13
     
-
     
-
     
13
     
41
     
340
     
394
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
119
     
119
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
646
     
646
     
-
     
689
     
1,335
 
Total covered loans
   
1,429
     
2,159
     
3,136
     
6,724
     
486
     
27,006
     
34,216
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
12,600
   
$
7,171
   
$
63,444
   
$
83,215
   
$
2,353
   
$
718,638
   
$
804,206
 

(1) Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2) Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
 
29

Note 6 Mortgage Banking

The activity in mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
67,834
   
$
47,341
 
Origination of servicing assets
   
8,884
     
15,551
 
Change in fair value:
               
Due to market changes
   
(3,060
)
   
7,881
 
Due to runoff
   
(6,568
)
   
(7,623
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
67,090
   
$
63,150
 
 
During the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, Trustmark sold $671.2 million and $1.132 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Pretax gains on these sales were recorded to noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $7.9 million for the first nine months of 2014 compared to $24.2 million for the first nine months of 2013.  Trustmark's mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $5.586 billion at September 30, 2014, compared with $5.461 billion at December 31, 2013.  The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
$
3,556,490
   
$
3,499,659
 
Government National Mortgage Association
   
1,916,010
     
1,830,420
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
   
83,250
     
92,599
 
Other
   
30,023
     
38,998
 
Total mortage loans sold and serviced for others
 
$
5,585,773
   
$
5,461,676
 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which a mortgage loan is eligible for relief from selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark was required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2009 through 2013 vintage mortgage loans.  The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses, included in other noninterest expense, incurred by Trustmark during the first nine months of 2014 and 2013 were $450 thousand and $1.0 million, respectively.

Changes in the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expense were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
1,050
   
$
7,800
 
Provision for putback expenses
   
450
     
1,050
 
Losses
   
(403
)
   
(3,867
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
1,097
   
$
4,983
 

During November 2013, Trustmark finalized its agreement with FNMA (the "Resolution Agreement") to resolve its existing and future repurchase and make whole obligations (collectively “Repurchase Obligations”) related to mortgage loans originated between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2008 and delivered to FNMA.  Under the terms of the Resolution Agreement, Trustmark paid FNMA approximately $3.6 million with respect to the Repurchase Obligations.  Trustmark believes that it was in its best interests to execute the Resolution Agreement in order to bring finality to the loss reimbursement exposure with FNMA for these years and reduce the resources spent on individual file reviews and defending loss reimbursement requests.  The Repurchase Obligations were covered by Trustmark’s existing reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.
 
30

Mortgage loans covered by the Resolution Agreement executed with FNMA are only subject to putback risk due to borrower fraud or systemic risk.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to FNMA, which were originated after 2008, has improved as a result of industry-wide guidelines and process enhancements implemented since that time.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to GNMA has improved as a result of declining delinquency ratios.  Please refer to the “Past Due LHFS” section included in Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI for additional information regarding mortgage loans sold to GNMA.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

Note 7 Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real Estate

Other Real Estate, excluding Covered Other Real Estate

At September 30, 2014, Trustmark's geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

For the periods presented, changes and gains (losses), net on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, were as follows ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
106,539
   
$
78,189
 
Additions (1)
   
29,972
     
73,890
 
Disposals
   
(34,641
)
   
(29,605
)
Write-downs
   
(4,833
)
   
(6,145
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
97,037
   
$
116,329
 
                 
Gain (Loss), net on the sale of other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
2,847
   
$
(110
)

(1) Additions at September 30, 2013 included $40.1 million of other real estate acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
63,127
   
$
65,273
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
9,998
     
14,696
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
22,251
     
26,433
 
Other real estate properties
   
1,661
     
137
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
97,037
   
$
106,539
 
 
31

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic location consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Alabama
 
$
24,256
   
$
25,912
 
Florida
   
36,608
     
34,480
 
Mississippi (1)
   
16,419
     
22,766
 
Tennessee (2)
   
11,347
     
12,892
 
Texas
   
8,407
     
10,489
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
97,037
   
$
106,539
 

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Covered Other Real Estate

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, changes and (losses) gains, net on covered other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
5,108
   
$
5,741
 
Transfers from covered loans
   
690
     
1,380
 
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
   
9
     
(541
)
Net transfers from covered loans
   
699
     
839
 
Disposals
   
(870
)
   
(848
)
Write-downs
   
(791
)
   
(640
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
4,146
   
$
5,092
 
                 
(Loss) Gain, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
(132
)
 
$
47
 

Covered other real estate by type of property consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
713
   
$
733
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
1,267
     
1,981
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
2,166
     
2,394
 
Total covered other real estate
 
$
4,146
   
$
5,108
 

Note 8 – FDIC Indemnification Asset

Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement.  TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.  TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.9 million and $1.7 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30.  For the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans, primarily due to pay-offs of acquired covered loans.  The pay-offs and improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC.  Reductions of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans are amortized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual period of the acquired covered loan as a yield adjustment consistent with the associated acquired covered loan.  Other noninterest income for the first nine months of 2014 and 2013 included $1.6 million and $141 thousand, respectively, of amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset, as a result of improvements in the expected cash flows and lower loss expectations.  During the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, other noninterest income included a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $507 thousand and $3.3 million, respectively, primarily resulting from loan pay-offs partially offset by loan pools of acquired covered loans with increased loss expectations.
 
32

For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, changes in the FDIC indemnification asset were as follows ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
14,347
   
$
21,774
 
(Amortization) Accretion
   
(1,633
)
   
(141
)
Transfers to FDIC claims
   
(4,021
)
   
(1,097
)
Change in expected cash flows
   
(373
)
   
(3,251
)
Change in FDIC true-up provision
   
(166
)
   
(200
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
8,154
   
$
17,085
 

Note 9 – Deposits

Deposits consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
 
$
2,723,480
   
$
2,663,503
 
Interest-bearing demand
   
1,819,986
     
1,923,701
 
Savings
   
2,942,663
     
2,997,294
 
Time
   
2,027,096
     
2,275,404
 
Total
 
$
9,513,225
   
$
9,859,902
 

Note 10 Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plans

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan), in which substantially all associates employed prior to 2007 participate.  The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan and vest upon three years of service.  Plan benefits were frozen during 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained by acquisitions that were subsequently merged into the Trustmark plan.  Associates have not earned additional benefits, except for interest as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations, since the plan was frozen.  Associates will retain their previously earned pension benefits.

As a result of the BancTrust acquisition on February 15, 2013, Trustmark acquired a qualified pension plan (BancTrust Pension Plan), which was frozen prior to the acquisition date.  On January 28, 2014, Trustmark's Board of Directors authorized the termination of the BancTrust Pension Plan effective as of April 15, 2014.  The IRS has been asked to review the BancTrust Pension Plan’s tax qualification at its termination, and it is anticipated that the IRS will issue a determination letter once its review is complete.   A termination notice has been filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and it is not anticipated that the PBGC will raise any issues with respect to the plan’s termination.   Plan assets of the BancTrust Pension Plan will continue to be held in trust until the termination distributions are made.  The termination of the BancTrust Pension Plan is not expected to have a material impact on net periodic pension cost between the plan termination date and the date final termination distributions are made.

The following table presents information regarding net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s qualified pension plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
 
   
   
   
 
Service cost
 
$
123
   
$
148
   
$
372
   
$
446
 
Interest cost
   
1,328
     
1,252
     
3,971
     
3,506
 
Expected return on plan assets
   
(1,563
)
   
(2,060
)
   
(4,681
)
   
(5,660
)
Recognized net loss due to settlement
   
1,709
     
838
     
2,459
     
1,363
 
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
   
(1,701
)
   
1,374
     
(229
)
   
4,142
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
(104
)
 
$
1,552
   
$
1,892
   
$
3,797
 
 
33

The range of potential contributions to Trustmark’s qualified pension plans is determined annually by the plans’ actuary in accordance with applicable IRS rules and regulations.  Trustmark's policy is to fund amounts that are sufficient to satisfy the annual minimum funding requirements and are deductible for federal income tax purposes.  The actual amount of the contribution is determined annually based on the plans’ funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31.  For the plan year ending December 31, 2014, the minimum required contribution for Trustmark’s qualified pension plan was expected to be $1.8 million prior to the passage of the Highway and Transportation Funding Act (HATFA).  As of September 30, 2014, approximately $1.0 million had been contributed.  HATFA extends the pension funding relief for several more years and is mandatory for 2014.  As a result of HATFA, there is no minimum required contribution for the plan year ending December 31, 2014.  Therefore, it is not anticipated that any additional contributions will be made during 2014.

Supplemental Retirement Plan

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering directors who elected to defer fees, key executive officers and senior officers.  The plan provides for defined death benefits and/or retirement benefits based on a participant's covered salary.  Trustmark has acquired life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future payments under the plan.  The measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of the BancTrust acquisition on February 15, 2013, Trustmark acquired a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan, which plan benefits were frozen prior to the acquisition date.  The following table presents information regarding net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Net periodic benefit cost:
               
Service cost
 
$
74
   
$
150
   
$
222
   
$
448
 
Interest cost
   
548
     
484
     
1,650
     
1,452
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
63
     
62
     
188
     
188
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
164
     
260
     
497
     
778
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
849
   
$
956
   
$
2,557
   
$
2,866
 

Note 11 – Stock and Incentive Compensation Plans

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (the 1997 Plan) and the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2005 Plan).  New awards have not been issued under the 1997 Plan since it was replaced by the 2005 Plan.  At September 30, 2014, no awards remain outstanding under the 1997 Plan.  The 2005 Plan is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The 2005 Plan allows Trustmark to make grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.

Stock Option Grants

Stock option awards under the 1997 Plan and the 2005 Plan were granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of Trustmark’s stock on the date of grant, and vested equally in annual increments.  No stock options have been granted since 2006, when Trustmark began granting restricted stock awards exclusively.

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management team.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity (ROATE) and total shareholder return (TSR) compared to a defined peer group.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.
34

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards are granted to Trustmark’s Board of Directors, executive and senior management team.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

The following table summarizes the stock and incentive plans’ vesting periods and contractual terms in years:

   
Vesting
Period
   
Contractual
Term
 
Stock option awards - 1997 plan
   
4
     
10
 
Stock option awards - 2005 plan
   
5
     
7
 
Performance awards (includes acheivement shares for grants after 2013)
   
3
     
-
 
Achievement shares from performance grants prior to 2013
   
3
     
-
 
Time-vested awards
   
3
     
-
 

The following tables summarize the stock and incentive plan activity for the periods presented:

   
Three Months Ended September 30, 2014
 
   
Stock
Options
   
Performance
Awards
   
Time-Vested
Awards
 
Outstanding/nonvested shares, beginning of period
   
-
     
184,133
     
331,183
 
Forfeited
   
-
     
-
     
(1,249
)
Outstanding/nonvested shares, end of period
   
-
     
184,133
     
329,934
 
                         
   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
 
   
Stock
Options
   
Performance
Awards
   
Time-Vested
Awards
 
Outstanding/nonvested shares, beginning of period
   
105,450
     
160,520
     
291,634
 
Granted
   
-
     
73,726
     
104,190
 
Exercised or released from restriction
   
-
     
(38,580
)
   
(60,706
)
Expired
   
(105,450
)
   
-
     
-
 
Forfeited
   
-
     
(11,533
)
   
(5,184
)
Outstanding/nonvested shares, end of period
   
-
     
184,133
     
329,934
 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for stock and incentive plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Compensation expense - stock and incentive plans:
 
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Performance awards
 
$
267
   
$
222
   
$
797
   
$
620
 
Time-vested awards
   
788
     
754
     
2,493
     
2,230
 
Total
 
$
1,055
   
$
976
   
$
3,290
   
$
2,850
 
 
Note 12 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.  These amounts are not material to Trustmark’s financial statements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At September 30, 2014 and 2013, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $2.443 billion and $2.064 billion, respectively.
 
35

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral which are followed in the lending process. At September 30, 2014 and 2013, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $137.1 million and $148.5 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of September 30, 2014, the fair value of collateral held was $32.7 million.

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit, and the motions to dismiss have been fully briefed by all parties.  The court has not yet ruled on TNB’s motion to dismiss.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  The court has not yet ruled on TNB’s motion to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.

TNB was the defendant in two putative class actions challenging TNB’s practices regarding "overdraft" or "non-sufficient funds" fees charged by TNB in connection with customer use of debit cards, including TNB’s order of processing transactions, notices and calculations of charges, and calculations of fees.  Both of those cases have now been dismissed pursuant to a court-approved class action settlement.  The period has ended in which any party could appeal the order approving the settlement.
 
36

The settlement of $4.0 million, or $2.5 million net of taxes, was included in other noninterest expense for the quarter ended June 30, 2013.  The Settlement Administrator has begun distributing the settlement funds.  The settlement resolved potential claims of more than 100,000 class members.  A total of sixteen customers excluded themselves from the class action settlement.  None of those customers have subsequently asserted any claim or made demands on TNB due to overdraft or non-sufficient funds fees.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and (ii) a loss in any such case is not probable at this time, and thus no accrual is required under FASB ASC Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies.”  In addition, given the preliminary nature of these matters and the lack of any quantification by plaintiffs of the relief being sought, to the extent that a loss in any such matter may be viewed as reasonably possible under FASB ASC Topic 450-20, it is not possible at this time to provide an estimate of any such possible loss (or range of possible loss) for any such matter.

Note 13 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Basic shares
   
67,440
     
67,177
     
67,430
     
66,779
 
Dilutive shares
   
169
     
205
     
150
     
184
 
Diluted shares
   
67,609
     
67,382
     
67,580
     
66,963
 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted EPS.  The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
                 
Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards
   
-
     
270
     
42
     
379
 

Note 14 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Income taxes paid
 
$
13,205
   
$
14,220
 
Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings
   
16,361
     
18,656
 
Noncash transfers from loans to foreclosed properties (1)
   
30,671
     
34,226
 
Assets acquired in business combinations
   
-
     
1,845,930
 
Liabilities assumed in business combinations
   
-
     
1,821,066
 
 
(1) Includes transfers from covered loans to foreclosed properties
 
During the first quarter of 2014, Trustmark identified an error in its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2013.  Trustmark incorrectly reported its investment in bank owned life insurance during the third quarter of 2013 as an operating activity instead of as an investing activity.  During the third quarter of 2014, Trustmark identified an error in its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  Trustmark incorrectly reported its investments in tax credit and other partnerships as an operating activity instead of as an investing activity.  The errors occurred in the reported Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and had no impact on the cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the affected, or any prior or subsequent, periods.  The errors did not affect any reported amounts in any other component of Trustmark's consolidated financial statements for the affected, or any prior or subsequent, periods.  Trustmark has evaluated the impact of the errors in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 250-10, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections," and deemed these changes immaterial to its consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.  In addition, Management has identified the cause of the errors and taken steps to prevent a future reoccurrence.
 
37

The following table reflects the changes to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 

 
 
As Reported
   
Adjustment
   
As Adjusted
 
             
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013:
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
151,260
   
$
112,755
   
$
264,015
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(148,996
)
   
(112,755
)
   
(261,751
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
101,942
     
-
     
101,942
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
104,206
     
-
     
104,206
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
231,489
     
-
     
231,489
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
335,695
   
$
-
   
$
335,695
 
                         
Year Ended December 31, 2013:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
155,417
   
$
145,766
   
$
301,183
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(113,201
)
   
(145,766
)
   
(258,967
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
72,056
     
-
     
72,056
 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
114,272
     
-
     
114,272
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
   
231,489
     
-
     
231,489
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
345,761
   
$
-
   
$
345,761
 
 
                       
Year Ended December 31, 2012:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
$
92,125
   
$
20,152
   
$
112,277
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
   
193,891
     
(20,152
)
   
173,739
 
Net cash used in financing activities
   
(257,152
)
   
-
     
(257,152
)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
28,864
     
-
     
28,864
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
   
202,625
     
-
     
202,625
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 
$
231,489
   
$
-
   
$
231,489
 
 
Note 15 Shareholders' Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements.  In addition, TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at September 30, 2014.  To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since September 30, 2014, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB's present classification.
 
38

The following table provides Trustmark's and TNB's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Actual
Regulatory Capital
   
Minimum Regulatory
Capital Required
   
Minimum Regulatory
Provision to be
Well-Capitalized
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
At September 30, 2014:
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                       
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,218,220
     
14.70
%
 
$
663,009
     
8.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,194,589
     
14.44
%
   
661,737
     
8.00
%
 
$
827,171
     
10.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,116,166
     
13.47
%
 
$
331,504
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,094,124
     
13.23
%
   
330,868
     
4.00
%
 
$
496,302
     
6.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,116,166
     
9.54
%
 
$
467,917
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,094,124
     
9.37
%
   
467,135
     
4.00
%
 
$
583,919
     
5.00
%
                                                 
At December 31, 2013:
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,122,904
     
14.18
%
 
$
633,310
     
8.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,076,391
     
13.74
%
   
626,672
     
8.00
%
 
$
783,340
     
10.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,026,858
     
12.97
%
 
$
316,655
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
982,925
     
12.55
%
   
313,336
     
4.00
%
 
$
470,004
     
6.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,026,858
     
9.06
%
 
$
453,487
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
982,925
     
8.76
%
   
448,665
     
4.00
%
 
$
560,831
     
5.00
%

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands).  Reclassification adjustments related to securities available for sale are included in securities gains, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to settlement and recognized net actuarial loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).
 
39

   
Before Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net of Tax
Amount
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014:
           
Securities available for sale and transferred securities:
           
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period
 
$
9,415
   
$
(3,601
)
 
$
5,814
 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
   
(300
)
   
115
     
(185
)
Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities transferred to held to maturity
   
4,444
     
(1,700
)
   
2,744
 
Total securities available for sale and transferred securities
   
13,559
     
(5,186
)
   
8,373
 
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                       
Net change in prior service costs
   
188
     
(72
)
   
116
 
Recognized net loss due to settlement
   
2,459
     
(941
)
   
1,518
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
268
     
(102
)
   
166
 
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
   
2,915
     
(1,115
)
   
1,800
 
Derivatives:
                       
Change in accumulated gain on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
(1,307
)
   
500
     
(807
)
Total other comprehensive income
 
$
15,167
   
$
(5,801
)
 
$
9,366
 
                         
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013:
                       
Securities available for sale:
                       
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period
 
$
(98,130
)
 
$
37,534
   
$
(60,596
)
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
   
(378
)
   
145
     
(233
)
Total securities available for sale
   
(98,508
)
   
37,679
     
(60,829
)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                       
Net change in prior service costs
   
188
     
(72
)
   
116
 
Recognized net loss due to settlement
   
1,363
     
(521
)
   
842
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
4,920
     
(1,882
)
   
3,038
 
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
   
6,471
     
(2,475
)
   
3,996
 
Derivatives:
                       
Change in accumulated gain on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
1,963
     
(751
)
   
1,212
 
Total other comprehensive loss
 
$
(90,074
)
 
$
34,453
   
$
(55,621
)

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

   
Securities
Available for Sale
and Transferred
Securities
   
Defined Benefit Pension Items
   
Cash Flow Hedge Derivatives
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
(25,462
)
 
$
(19,793
)
 
$
1,524
   
$
(43,731
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
   
8,558
     
1,800
     
(807
)
   
9,551
 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(185
)
   
-
     
-
     
(185
)
Net other comprehensive income (loss)
   
8,373
     
1,800
     
(807
)
   
9,366
 
Balance at September 30, 2014
 
$
(17,089
)
 
$
(17,993
)
 
$
717
   
$
(34,365
)
                                 
Balance at January 1, 2013
 
$
44,935
   
$
(41,540
)
 
$
-
   
$
3,395
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification
   
(60,596
)
   
3,996
     
1,212
     
(55,388
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(233
)
   
-
     
-
     
(233
)
Net other comprehensive (loss) income
   
(60,829
)
   
3,996
     
1,212
     
(55,621
)
Balance at September 30, 2013
 
$
(15,894
)
 
$
(37,544
)
 
$
1,212
   
$
(52,226
)
 
40

Note 16 Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013.
 
41

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Total
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
100
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
   
113,790
     
-
     
113,790
     
-
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
165,463
     
-
     
165,463
     
-
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
2,051,027
     
-
     
2,051,027
     
-
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
33,515
     
-
     
33,515
     
-
 
Securities available for sale
   
2,363,895
     
-
     
2,363,895
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
135,562
     
-
     
135,562
     
-
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
67,090
     
-
     
-
     
67,090
 
Other assets - derivatives
   
5,034
     
(500
)
   
4,194
     
1,340
 
Other liabilities - derivatives
   
3,746
     
181
     
3,565
     
-
 
                                 
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Total
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
502
   
$
-
   
$
502
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
   
169,472
     
-
     
169,472
     
-
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
171,738
     
-
     
171,738
     
-
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
1,788,505
     
-
     
1,788,505
     
-
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
63,937
     
-
     
63,937
     
-
 
Securities available for sale
   
2,194,154
     
-
     
2,194,154
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
149,169
     
-
     
149,169
     
-
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
67,834
     
-
     
-
     
67,834
 
Other assets - derivatives
   
4,994
     
(2,579
)
   
7,447
     
126
 
Other liabilities - derivatives
   
3,298
     
581
     
2,717
     
-
 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):
 
   
MSR
   
Other Assets - Derivatives
 
Balance, January 1, 2014
 
$
67,834
   
$
126
 
Total net (losses) gains included in Mortgage banking, net (1)
   
(9,628
)
   
3,508
 
Additions
   
8,884
     
-
 
Sales
   
-
     
(2,294
)
Balance, September 30, 2014
 
$
67,090
   
$
1,340
 
                 
The amount of total (losses) gains for the period included in earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses still held at September 30, 2014
 
$
(3,060
)
 
$
807
 
                 
Balance, January 1, 2013
 
$
47,341
   
$
2,284
 
Total net gains included in Mortgage banking, net (1)
   
258
     
7,558
 
Additions
   
15,551
     
-
 
Sales
   
-
     
(7,795
)
Balance, September 30, 2013
 
$
63,150
   
$
2,047
 
                 
The amount of total gains for the period included in earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses still held at September 30, 2013
 
$
7,881
   
$
954
 

(1) Total net (losses) gains included in net income relating to MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to runoff.
 
42

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at September 30, 2014, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI.  Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Impaired LHFI have been determined to be collateral dependent and assessed using a fair value approach.  Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans.  Fair value estimates begin with appraised values based on the current market value or as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable.  Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $54.1 million in impaired LHFI that were specifically identified for evaluation and written down to fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared to $31.6 million at December 31, 2013.  These specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.  Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.

Please refer to Note 2 – Business Combinations, for financial assets and liabilities acquired, which were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark's geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.
 
Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset.  The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on adjusted observable market data.  Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $30.0 million (utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs) during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared with $73.9 million for the same period in 2013.  Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included $40.1 million of other real estate acquired from BancTrust.  In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, Trustmark recognized charge-offs of the allowance for loan losses totaling $9.3 million and $9.2 million for the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, $40.6 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during the first nine months of 2014, requiring write-downs of $4.8 million to reach their current fair values compared to $35.0 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first nine months of 2013, requiring write-downs of $6.1 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. A detailed description of the valuation methodologies used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments can be found in Note 19 – Fair Value included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2013.
 
43

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, are as follows ($ in thousands):
 
 
 
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
Carrying
Value
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Carrying
Value
   
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Financial Assets:
         
   
 
Level 2 Inputs:
         
   
 
Cash and short-term investments
 
$
241,510
   
$
241,510
   
$
353,014
   
$
353,014
 
Securities held to maturity
   
1,169,640
     
1,170,213
     
1,168,728
     
1,150,833
 
Level 3 Inputs:
                               
Net LHFI
   
6,263,517
     
6,348,938
     
5,732,433
     
5,787,408
 
Net acquired loans
   
580,200
     
580,200
     
794,570
     
794,570
 
FDIC indemnification asset
   
8,154
     
8,154
     
14,347
     
14,347
 
 
                               
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Level 2 Inputs:
                               
Deposits
   
9,513,225
     
9,518,584
     
9,859,902
     
9,866,118
 
Short-term liabilities
   
924,517
     
924,517
     
317,972
     
317,972
 
Long-term FHLB advances
   
8,003
     
8,014
     
8,458
     
8,474
 
Subordinated notes
   
49,928
     
53,665
     
49,904
     
53,387
 
Junior subordinated debt securities
   
61,856
     
46,392
     
61,856
     
40,206
 

In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques.  Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date.  These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot be necessarily substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments.  The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value.  All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.

The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.”  The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the forward sales contracts and changes in the fair value of the loans designated as loans held for sale are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $175.7 million at September 30, 2014, with a negative valuation adjustment of $623 thousand, compared to $155.8 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, commencing on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.
 
44

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.  The accumulated net after-tax gain related to effective cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $717 thousand at September 30, 2014 compared to $1.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $575 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $583 thousand and $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the impact was a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $107.0 million at September 30, 2014, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.3 million, compared to $58.5 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $126 thousand as of December 31, 2013.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $337.9 million related to this program, compared to $355.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of September 30, 2014, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $631 thousand compared to $508 thousand as of December 31, 2013.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had posted collateral with a market value of $1.0 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at September 30, 2014, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $19.3 million and $19.7 million, respectively.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $6.3 million, compared to none at December 31, 2013.  The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
45

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s balance sheets as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Derivatives in hedging relationships
       
Interest rate contracts:
       
Interest rate swaps included in other assets
 
$
1,161
   
$
2,469
 
Forward contracts included in other liabilities
   
623
     
(1,911
)
                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
               
Interest rate contracts:
               
Futures contracts included in other assets
 
$
(816
)
 
$
(2,662
)
Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets
   
316
     
83
 
OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets
   
1,340
     
126
 
Interest rate swaps included in other assets
   
3,017
     
4,962
 
Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets
   
16
     
16
 
Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities
   
181
     
581
 
Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities
   
2,926
     
4,628
 
Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities
   
16
     
16
 

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Derivatives in hedging relationships
               
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in mortgage banking, net
 
$
(1,765
)
 
$
(13,008
)
 
$
2,534
   
$
(2,141
)
                                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
                               
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in mortgage banking, net
 
$
(986
)
 
$
2,728
   
$
7,267
   
$
(5,421
)
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in bankcard and other fees
   
3
     
(203
)
   
(239
)
   
192
 
 
The following table discloses the amount included in other comprehensive income (loss) for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationship
               
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
163
   
$
(242
)
 
$
(807
)
 
$
1,212
 
 
46

Certain financial instruments, including resell and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheet. Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets. Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):
 
Offsetting of Derivative Assets
As of September 30, 2014
 
               
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
     
                         
   
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Net Amounts of Assets presented in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Financial Instruments
   
Cash Collateral Received
   
Net Amount
 
Derivatives
 
$
4,178
   
$
-
   
$
4,178
   
$
(1,038
)
 
$
(650
)
 
$
2,490
 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
As of September 30, 2014
 
               
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
     
                         
   
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Net Amounts of Liabilities presented in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Financial Instruments
   
Cash Collateral Posted
   
Net Amount
 
Derivatives
 
$
2,926
   
$
-
   
$
2,926
   
$
(1,038
)
 
$
-
   
$
1,888
 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets
As of December 31, 2013
 
               
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
     
                         
   
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Net Amounts of Assets presented in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Financial Instruments
   
Cash Collateral Received
   
Net Amount
 
Derivatives
 
$
7,431
   
$
-
   
$
7,431
   
$
(967
)
 
$
(1,920
)
 
$
4,544
 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
As of December 31, 2013
 
               
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
     
                         
   
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities
   
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Net Amounts of Liabilities presented in the Statement of Financial Position
   
Financial Instruments
   
Cash Collateral Posted
   
Net Amount
 
Derivatives
 
$
4,628
   
$
-
   
$
4,628
   
$
(967
)
 
$
-
   
$
3,661
 
 
Note 18 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  General Banking is primarily responsible for all traditional banking products and services, including loans and deposits.  General Banking also consists of internal operations such as Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury, Funds Management, Public Affairs and Corporate Finance.  Wealth Management provides customized solutions for affluent customers by integrating financial services with traditional banking products and services such as money management, full-service brokerage, financial planning, personal and institutional trust and retirement services.  Through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB, Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage.  During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Private Banking group from the Wealth Management Division to the General Banking Division, which provided a more accurate reflection of the manner in which Trustmark manages these operating segments.  Prior period amounts presented below include reclassifications to conform to the current period presentation.
 
47

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called "funds transfer pricing", charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining the bank's funding and interest rate risk strategies.

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
General Banking
               
Net interest income
 
$
105,672
   
$
98,135
   
$
305,422
   
$
285,915
 
Provision for loan losses, net
   
4,203
     
(332
)
   
7,596
     
(9,568
)
Noninterest income
   
25,663
     
31,443
     
81,685
     
90,352
 
Noninterest expense
   
86,935
     
89,198
     
265,067
     
274,545
 
Income before income taxes
   
40,197
     
40,712
     
114,444
     
111,290
 
Income taxes
   
9,535
     
10,040
     
26,012
     
28,216
 
General banking net income
 
$
30,662
   
$
30,672
   
$
88,432
   
$
83,074
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
12,013,572
   
$
11,688,102
   
$
11,928,029
   
$
11,383,231
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
8,896
   
$
9,186
   
$
26,289
   
$
26,905
 
                                 
Wealth Management
                               
Net interest income
 
$
467
   
$
192
   
$
749
   
$
480
 
Noninterest income
   
7,989
     
7,459
     
23,784
     
21,338
 
Noninterest expense
   
6,303
     
6,294
     
19,357
     
18,230
 
Income before income taxes
   
2,153
     
1,357
     
5,176
     
3,588
 
Income taxes
   
712
     
446
     
1,714
     
1,178
 
Wealth management net income
 
$
1,441
   
$
911
   
$
3,462
   
$
2,410
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
263
   
$
461
   
$
1,478
   
$
256
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
48
   
$
39
   
$
143
   
$
118
 
                                 
Insurance
                               
Net interest income
 
$
90
   
$
102
   
$
250
   
$
237
 
Noninterest income
   
9,241
     
8,231
     
25,642
     
23,496
 
Noninterest expense
   
6,956
     
6,032
     
20,149
     
18,089
 
Income before income taxes
   
2,375
     
2,301
     
5,743
     
5,644
 
Income taxes
   
889
     
850
     
2,148
     
2,107
 
Insurance net income
 
$
1,486
   
$
1,451
   
$
3,595
   
$
3,537
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
77,378
   
$
70,545
   
$
64,808
   
$
67,268
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
188
   
$
258
   
$
656
   
$
777
 
                                 
Consolidated
                               
Net interest income
 
$
106,229
   
$
98,429
   
$
306,421
   
$
286,632
 
Provision for loan losses, net
   
4,203
     
(332
)
   
7,596
     
(9,568
)
Noninterest income
   
42,893
     
47,133
     
131,111
     
135,186
 
Noninterest expense
   
100,194
     
101,524
     
304,573
     
310,864
 
Income before income taxes
   
44,725
     
44,370
     
125,363
     
120,522
 
Income taxes
   
11,136
     
11,336
     
29,874
     
31,501
 
Consolidated net income
 
$
33,589
   
$
33,034
   
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
12,091,213
   
$
11,759,108
   
$
11,994,315
   
$
11,450,755
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
9,132
   
$
9,483
   
$
27,088
   
$
27,800
 
 
48

 Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2014-14, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Residential Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” Issued in August 2014, ASU 2014-14 requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under the claim; and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  ASU 2014-14 also provides that upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable would be measured based on the current amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered under the guarantee.  The amendments of ASU 2014-14 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and may be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method as described in ASU 2014-14.  The adoption of ASU 2014-14 is not expected to have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” Issued in June 2014, ASU 2014-11 changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting, and for repurchase financing arrangements requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.  ASU 2014-11 also require disclosures for certain transactions comprising a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction.  ASU 2014-11 requires interim and annual disclosures for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings, which include a disaggregation of the gross obligation by class of collateral pledged; the remaining contractual tenor of the agreements; and a discussion of the potential risks associated with the agreements and the related collateral pledged, including obligations arising from a decline in the fair value of the collateral pledged and how those risks are managed.  The accounting changes and disclosure requirements for certain transactions accounted for as a sale in ASU 2014-11 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014.  The disclosures for transactions accounted for as secured borrowings are required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015.  Trustmark currently accounts for its repurchase agreements as secured borrowings; therefore, the adoption of ASU 2014-11 will be a change in presentation only for the newly required disclosures and will not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” Issued in May 2014, ASU 2014-09 will add FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and will supersede revenue recognition requirements in FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as certain cost guidance in FASB ASC Topic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.”  ASU 2014-09 provides a framework for revenue recognition that replaces the existing industry and transaction specific requirements under the existing standards.  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to apply a five-step model to determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount.  The model specifies that revenue should be recognized when (or as) an entity transfers control of goods or services to a customer at the amount in which the entity expects to be entitled.  Depending on whether certain criteria are met, revenue should be recognized either over time, in manner that depicts the entity’s performance, or at a point in time, when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  ASU 2014-09 provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of non-financial assets that are not in a contract with a customer are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement in ASU 2014-09.  The amendments of ASU 2014-09 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and may be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application.  If the transition method of application is elected, the entity should also provide the additional disclosures in reporting periods that include the date of initial application of (1) the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period, as compared to the guidance that was in effect before the change, and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant changes.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as well as the most appropriate method of application; however, regardless of the method of application selected, the adoption of ASU 2014-01 is not expected to have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
 

49

ASU 2014-04, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” Issued in January 2014, ASU 2014-04 clarifies when an “in substance repossession or foreclosure” occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loans, such that all or a portion of the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  ASU 2014-04 states that a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure, or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.  The amendments of ASU 2014-04 also require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure.  The amendments of ASU 2014-04 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and may be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method as described in ASU 2014-04.  For Trustmark, the adoption of ASU 2014-04 will be change in presentation only for the newly required disclosures and is not expected to have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-01, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”  Issued in January 2014, ASU 2014-01 permits reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects to elect to account for those investments using the “proportional amortization method” if certain conditions are met.  Under this method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The decision to apply the proportional amortization method of accounting is an accounting policy decision and should be applied consistently to all qualifying affordable housing project investments.  ASU 2014-01 should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented and is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014.  Trustmark currently accounts for its tax credit investments utilizing the equity method of accounting and does not have a significant amount of investments in qualified affordable housing projects that qualify for the low income housing tax credit.  Management will review Trustmark’s investments in qualified affordable housing projects to determine if these investments meet the conditions required for using the proportional amortization method of accounting and make a decision regarding the accounting policy.  The adoption of ASU 2014-01 is not expected to have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”  Issued in July 2013, ASU 2013-11 provides that an entity’s unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of its unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in its financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with one exception.  The exception states that to the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position, or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets.  ASU 2013-11 applies prospectively for all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date.  ASU 2013-11 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2014, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”  Issued in February 2013, ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification.  For these items, entities are required to disclose the effect of the reclassification on each line item of net income that is affected by the reclassification adjustment.  For items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, an entity is required to add a cross-reference to the note that includes additional information about the effect of the reclassification.  For entities that only have reclassifications into net income in their entirety, this information may be presented either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the statement that reports net income as long as the required information is reported in a single location.  Entities that have one or more reclassification items that are not presented in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification must present this information in the notes to the financial statements.  ASU 2013-02 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  The required disclosures are reported in Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity.

ASU 2013-01. “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.”  Issued in January 2013, ASU 2013-01 clarifies that the scope of ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreements.  ASU 2013-01 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.  The required disclosures are reported in Note 17 – Derivatives.
 

50

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included elsewhere in this report.
 
Description of Business
 
Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At September 30, 2014, TNB had total assets of $12.094 billion, which represented approximately 99.98% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 207 offices and 3,067 full-time equivalent associates located in the states of Alabama (primarily in the central and southern regions of that state, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Alabama market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in Memphis and the Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  The principal products produced and services rendered by TNB and Trustmark’s other subsidiaries are as follows:

Trustmark National Bank

Commercial Banking – TNB provides a full range of commercial banking services to corporations and other business customers.  Loans are provided for a variety of general corporate purposes, including financing for commercial and industrial projects, income producing commercial real estate, owner-occupied real estate and construction and land development.  TNB also provides deposit services, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit as well as treasury management services.

Consumer Banking – TNB provides banking services to consumers, including checking, savings, and money market accounts as well as certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  In addition, TNB provides consumer customers with installment and real estate loans and lines of credit.

Mortgage Banking – TNB provides mortgage banking services, including construction financing, production of conventional and government insured mortgages, secondary marketing and mortgage servicing.  At September 30, 2014, TNB’s mortgage loan portfolio totaled approximately $1.074 billion, while its portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others, including Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), totaled approximately $5.586 billion.

Insurance  TNB provides a competitive array of insurance solutions for business and individual risk management needs.  Business insurance offerings include services and specialized products for medical professionals, construction, manufacturing, hospitality, real estate and group life and health plans.  Individual customers are also provided life and health insurance, and personal line policies.  TNB provides these services through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a Mississippi corporation which is based in Jackson, Mississippi.

Wealth Management and Trust Services – TNB offers specialized services and expertise in the areas of wealth management, trust, investment and custodial services for corporate and individual customers.  These services include the administration of personal trusts and estates as well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans and charitable foundations.  TNB also provides corporate trust and institutional custody, securities brokerage, financial and estate planning, retirement plan services as well as life insurance and other risk management services provided by FBBI.  TNB’s wealth management division is also served by Trustmark Investment Advisors, Inc. (TIA), a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)-registered investment adviser.  TIA provides customized investment management services for TNB customers.  During the second quarter of 2014, TNB moved the administration of Private Banking, previously reported in the Wealth Management Division, to the General Banking Division, which encompasses TNB’s commercial, consumer and mortgage banking products and services.  At September 30, 2014, TNB held assets under management and administration of $10.635 billion and brokerage assets of $1.601 billion.
 

51

New Market Tax Credits (NMTC) – TNB provides an intermediary vehicle for the provision of loans or investments in Low-Income Communities (LICs) through its subsidiary Southern Community Capital, LLC (SCC).  SCC is a Mississippi single member limited liability company and a certified Community Development Entity (CDE).  The primary mission of SCC is to provide investment capital for LICs, as defined by Section 45D of the Internal Revenue Code, or Low-Income Persons (LIPs).  As a certified CDE, SCC is able to apply to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (CDFI Fund) to receive NMTC allocations to offer investors in exchange for equity investments in qualified projects.

Capital Trusts

Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) is a Delaware trust affiliate formed in 2006 to facilitate a private placement of $60.0 million in trust preferred securities.  As defined in applicable accounting standards, the Trust is considered a variable interest entity for which Trustmark is not the primary beneficiary.  Accordingly, the accounts of the Trust are not included in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

Executive Overview

Recent Economic and Industry Developments
 
The economy has continued to show moderate signs of improvement; however, lingering economic concerns remain as a result of the cumulative weight of soft U.S. labor markets, slowing growth in markets in Western Europe, as well as in China and other emerging markets, combined with uncertainty regarding the timing of the anticipated tightening of the monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Board.  2014 has been characterized by economic uncertainty and significant volatility in the global markets, which could continue through the remainder of this year.  Doubts surrounding the near-term direction of global markets are expected to persist for some time.
 
Estimated employment growth in the United States for the first nine months of 2014 was reported to average approximately 227,000 jobs created per month.  The unemployment rate declined to 5.9% as of September 2014, which reflected a decline in the number of jobs lost as well as a decrease in the number of people who rejoined the labor force, which is a less positive driver than job growth.  Consumer confidence reported marginal improvement in the third quarter of 2014, as consumer confidence reported a considerable decline in September 2014 after four consecutive months of improvement.  Consumers reportedly were less optimistic about the current job market as well as the outlook for future job prospects and the overall economy.  In the October 2014 “Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions by Federal Reserve Districts,” the twelve Federal Reserve Districts’ reports suggested overall economic activity continued to expand at a moderate pace during the third quarter reporting period.  According to the Federal Reserve Districts’ reports, overall consumer spending in most districts increased, and activity in the nonfinancial services sector continued to expand in several districts at a moderate pace.  According to the Federal Reserve Districts’ reports, real estate activity varied with most districts reporting low inventories, increasing home prices and mixed demand, while commercial construction activity was generally stronger across the districts reportedly due to higher demand and low vacancy rates.  According to the Federal Reserve Districts’ reports, most districts reported slight to moderate increases in loan volumes while credit quality remained stable or improved slightly during the third quarter reporting period.

The impact of increases in interest rates during the second half of 2013 remained evident in the year-over-year earnings comparisons across the banking industry during the first nine months of 2014.  In the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) second quarter 2014 “Quarterly Banking Profile” (published August 28, 2014), insured institutions reported, in the aggregate, an increase in net income of 5.3% when the second quarter of 2014 is compared to the second quarter of 2013; however, net operating revenue (the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income) for the second quarter of 2014 was reported to be 0.9% lower than the second quarter of 2013, as declines in mortgage revenue and realized gains on securities caused by higher interest rates outweighed the gains in net interest income resulting from a steeper yield curve.  FDIC insured institutions also reported in the second quarter 2014 “Quarterly Banking Profile,” in the aggregate, the lowest quarterly total for net charge-offs since the second quarter of 2007 as charge-offs in all major loan categories, except auto loans, had year-over-year declines; improved noncurrent levels across all major loan categories, except auto loans; declines in loan-loss reserves for the seventeenth consecutive quarter as net charge-offs taken out of reserves exceeded the provisions added to reserves; and increased equity capital as the industry’s core capital (leverage) ratio and the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio rose to record levels for the industry.  FDIC insured institutions reported in the second quarter 2014 “Quarterly Banking Profile,” in the aggregate, the largest quarterly increase in loan balances since the fourth quarter of 2007 as all major loan categories posted increases during the quarter with the exception of home equity lines of credit.  As noted above, recent market volatility, evidencing uncertainty across a range of metrics, has resulted in significant short-term changes in the interest rate environment, making it all the more difficult to attempt to draw conclusions as to the future interest rate environment for the banking industry from the historical data summarized above.
 
52

Financial Highlights

Trustmark continued to achieve solid financial results in the third quarter of 2014, including the sixth consecutive quarter of growth in the loans held for investment (LHFI) portfolio as well as growth in the revenues generated by the Insurance and Wealth Management Divisions.  Trustmark reported net income of $33.6 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.50 in the third quarter of 2014, compared to $33.0 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.49 in the third quarter of 2013.  Trustmark’s performance during the quarter ended September 30, 2014, produced a return on average tangible equity of 13.70% and a return on average assets of 1.10% compared to a return on average tangible equity of 14.92% and a return on average assets of 1.11% during the quarter ended September 30, 2013.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, Trustmark report net income of $95.5 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $1.42 and $1.41, respectively, compared to $89.0 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $1.33, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.  Trustmark’s performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, produced a return on average tangible equity of 13.52% and a return on average assets of 1.06% compared to a return on average tangible equity of 13.25% and a return on average assets of 1.04% for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable December 15, 2014, to shareholders of record on December 1, 2014.

Net income for the first nine months of 2014 increased $6.5 million, or 7.3%, compared to the same time period in 2013.  The $19.8 million, or 6.9%, increase in net interest income, primarily resulted from increases in interest and fees on acquired loans and taxable interest on securities of $10.3 million and $4.7 million, respectively, and a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $3.0 million.  The growth in net interest income during the period was partially offset by the $14.0 million increase in the provision for loan losses on LHFI, primarily due to a reduction in the amount of reserves release as compared to the same time period in 2013, and the $3.1 million increase in the provision for loan losses on acquired loans, primarily due to acquired loans in which a debt settlement or foreclosure occurred during the second quarter of 2014 for an amount which exceeded the previous loss expectations to date.  Total noninterest income decreased $4.1 million, or 3.0%, as declines in mortgage banking, net, service charges on deposit accounts and bank card and other fees offset gains in all other categories.  The $6.3 million, or 2.0%, decrease in noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in other noninterest expense as a result of non-routine transaction expenses from the acquisition of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust) and settlement of the non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees litigation incurred during the first nine months of 2013 as well as a decline in ORE/foreclosure expense during 2014.  Please see the section captioned “Results of Operations” below for a more complete overview of Trustmark’s financial performance for the first nine months of 2014.

Trustmark’s provision for loan losses, LHFI, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 totaled $2.6 million, an increase of $14.0 million when compared to a negative provision for loan losses, LHFI of $11.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI during the first nine months of 2014 reflects a decrease in the amount of established reserves being released compared to the same period in 2013 for both new and existing impaired LHFI as well as an increase in the reserve for commercial LHFI portfolio changes and the revised allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI, which was partially offset by net recoveries of LHFI, changes in the quantitative and qualitative reserve factors, and improved credit quality.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, LHFI.  At September 30, 2014, nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, totaled $185.4 million, an increase of $13.6 million, or 7.9%, compared to December 31, 2013.  Total nonaccrual LHFI were $88.3 million at September 30, 2014, representing an increase of $23.1 million, or 35.4%, relative to December 31, 2013, principally due to one substandard credit migrating to nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2014 and two substandard credits migrating to nonaccrual status during the third quarter of 2014, which totaled $24.8 million at September 30, 2014.  Total net recoveries of LHFI for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, a decrease of $250 thousand, or 18.8%.

Management has continued to carefully monitor the impact of illiquidity in the financial markets, values of securities and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro-economic indicators, in order to navigate the challenging economic environment.  Trustmark has continued to experience improvements in credit quality on LHFI.  As of September 30, 2014, classified LHFI balances decreased $38.8 million, or 15.9%, while criticized LHFI balances decreased $27.4 million, or 9.7%, when compared to balances at September 30, 2013.  The volume of classified and criticized LHFI decreased year-over-year primarily as a result of improvement in repayment capacity of borrowers and subsequent upgrade of those credits to a pass category as well as repayment of several credits of significant size.

53

Trustmark did not make significant changes to its loan underwriting standards during the first nine months of 2014.  Trustmark’s willingness to make loans to qualified applicants that meet its traditional, prudent lending standards has not changed.  Trustmark adheres to interagency guidelines regarding concentration limits of commercial real estate loans.  As a result of the economic downturn, Trustmark remains cautious in granting credit involving certain categories of real estate as well as making exceptions to its loan policy.

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances.

At close of business on December 31, 2013, Trustmark consolidated its wholly owned subsidiary Somerville Bank & Trust Company (Somerville) into TNB.  TNB and Somerville were both wholly owned subsidiaries of Trustmark; as such, the merger represented a business reorganization between affiliates under common control.  Trustmark anticipates that this consolidation will enhance productivity and efficiency with elimination of duplicate functions and operating systems as well as support revenue growth with the addition of a broader product line for Somerville’s customers.  Trustmark is committed to investments to support profitable revenue growth as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance shareholder value.

Critical Accounting Policies

Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and follow general practices within the financial services industry.  Application of these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual financial results could differ from those estimates.

Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting policies during the first nine months of 2014.

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments
 
In early July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board (FRB), FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) jointly promulgated a final rule revising regulatory capital requirements to address perceived shortcomings in the existing regulatory capital requirements that became evident during the recent financial crisis by implementing capital requirements in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and international capital regulatory standards by the Basel Committee.  The new final capital rule adopts a new common equity Tier 1 requirement, higher minimum Tier 1 requirements, new risk-weight calculation methods for the “standardized” denominator, revised regulatory components and calculations, required capital buffers above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for certain banking organizations, and more generally restructures the agencies’ capital rules.  Many of the final rules apply to all depository institutions, and bank holding companies with assets of $500 million or more, and savings and loan holding companies.  The final rules also addressed the relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including removal of references to credit ratings in the capital rules and implementation of a capital floor, known as the “Collins Amendment.”  Importantly, the new final capital rule does not change the current treatment of residential mortgage exposures.  Also, banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches capital rules can opt not to incorporate most amounts reported as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) in the calculation of their regulatory capital, which is consistent with the treatment of AOCI under the current rules.  Finally, smaller depository institution holding companies (those with assets less than $15 billion) and most mutual holding companies will be allowed to continue to count as Tier 1 capital most existing trust preferred securities that were issued prior to May 19, 2010 rather than phasing such securities out of regulatory capital.  Trustmark currently has outstanding such securities that it counts as Tier 1 capital.  Most banking organizations will be required to apply the new capital rules on January 1, 2015.  It is expected that banking organizations subject to the new final capital rules, including Trustmark, will be required to hold a greater amount of capital and a greater amount of common equity than they are currently required to hold.  Management is currently evaluating the impact the new final capital rules will have on Trustmark.

54

On January 18, 2013, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), FRB, FDIC, OCC, Federal Housing Finance Agency, and National Credit Union Administration, issued a final rule implementing amendments to the Truth in Lending Act (TILA) made by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rule imposes heightened appraisal requirements for higher-priced mortgage loans and became mandatory on January 18, 2014.  After notice and comment, the six agencies subsequently issued a final rule on December 12, 2013, that created exemptions from these appraisal requirements for loans of $25,000 or less, certain “streamlined” refinancings, and certain loans secured by manufactured housing.  The final rule, as revised, is intended to provide creditors with some relief from the mortgage appraisal requirements.  Trustmark has implemented the appropriate policies, procedures, and training to assure compliance with these new rules.  Trustmark’s operations and consolidated financial statements were not impacted by the implementation of these new rules.

In October 2012, the FRB, FDIC and OCC published final rules implementing the company-run stress test requirements mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rules require institutions with average total consolidated assets between $10 billion and $50 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test using data as of September 30 of each year under one base and at least two stress scenarios as provided by the agencies.  Stress test results must be provided to the agencies by March 31 of the following year.  Because Trustmark did not exceed the $10 billion threshold until February 2013, it will not be subject to these stress test requirements until September 2014, with a formal filing requirement of March 2015.  On October 17, 2014, the FRB issued a notice of final rulemaking to switch the testing dates to match the calendar year so that stress tests would use year-end data and capital planning would follow for the next calendar year.  The FRB’s final rule, beginning with the January 1, 2016 annual stress test cycle, requires institutions with total consolidated assets between $10 billion and $50 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test using data as of December 31 of the preceding year, provide results to the agencies by July 31 of each year and publicly disclose results in October of each year.  Trustmark anticipates that the capital ratios, as reflected in the stress test calculations under the required stress test scenarios, will be an important factor considered by the agencies in evaluating the capital adequacy of Trustmark and TNB and whether proposed payments of dividends or stock repurchases are consistent with prudential expectations.

55

Selected Financial Data
               
($ in thousands, except per share data)
               
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
   
   
   
 
Total interest income
 
$
111,440
   
$
104,894
   
$
322,891
   
$
306,249
 
Total interest expense
   
5,211
     
6,465
     
16,470
     
19,617
 
Net interest income
   
106,229
     
98,429
     
306,421
     
286,632
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
3,058
     
(3,624
)
   
2,604
     
(11,438
)
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
1,145
     
3,292
     
4,992
     
1,870
 
Noninterest income
   
42,893
     
47,133
     
131,111
     
135,186
 
Noninterest expense
   
100,194
     
101,524
     
304,573
     
310,864
 
Income before income taxes
   
44,725
     
44,370
     
125,363
     
120,522
 
Income taxes
   
11,136
     
11,336
     
29,874
     
31,501
 
Net Income
 
$
33,589
   
$
33,034
   
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
                                 
Per Share Data
                               
Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.50
   
$
0.49
   
$
1.42
   
$
1.33
 
Diluted earnings per share
   
0.50
     
0.49
     
1.41
     
1.33
 
Cash dividends per share
   
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.69
     
0.69
 
                                 
Performance Ratios
                               
Return on average equity
   
9.43
%
   
9.83
%
   
9.18
%
   
8.92
%
Return on average tangible equity
   
13.70
%
   
14.92
%
   
13.52
%
   
13.25
%
Return on average assets
   
1.10
%
   
1.11
%
   
1.06
%
   
1.04
%
Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)
   
4.14
%
   
3.94
%
   
4.09
%
   
3.98
%
                                 
Credit Quality Ratios (1)
                               
Net charge-offs/average loans
   
-0.03
%
   
0.04
%
   
-0.02
%
   
-0.03
%
Provision for loan losses/average loans
   
0.19
%
   
-0.25
%
   
0.06
%
   
-0.27
%
Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)
   
1.37
%
   
1.26
%
               
Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS*) plus ORE**
   
2.82
%
   
3.20
%
               
Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)
   
1.11
%
   
1.20
%
               
 
September 30,
 
2014
   
2013
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
       
Total assets
 
$
12,096,316
   
$
11,805,197
 
Securities
   
3,533,535
     
3,442,081
 
Loans held for investment and acquired loans (including LHFS*)
   
7,061,362
     
6,691,752
 
Deposits
   
9,513,225
     
9,787,234
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
1,415,098
     
1,329,514
 
                 
Stock Performance
               
Market value - close
 
$
23.04
   
$
25.60
 
Book value
   
20.98
     
19.79
 
Tangible book value
   
15.04
     
13.58
 
                 
Capital Ratios
               
Total equity/total assets
   
11.70
%
   
11.26
%
Tangible equity/tangible assets
   
8.67
%
   
8.01
%
Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets
   
12.24
%
   
11.66
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
   
9.54
%
   
8.78
%
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
   
12.74
%
   
11.92
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
   
13.47
%
   
12.69
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
   
14.70
%
   
14.02
%

(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate.
* - LHFS is Loans Held for Sale.
** - ORE is Other Real Estate.
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents shareholders’ equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
 
56

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  In addition, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.  The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

      
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
     
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
TANGIBLE EQUITY
               
AVERAGE BALANCES
                 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,412,857
   
$
1,333,356
   
$
1,391,085
   
$
1,334,437
 
Less:   Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(368,482
)
   
(367,880
)
   
(353,485
)
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(36,553
)
   
(45,988
)
   
(38,743
)
   
(43,232
)
Total average tangible equity
   
$
1,010,804
   
$
918,886
   
$
984,462
   
$
937,720
 
                                   
PERIOD END BALANCES
                                 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,415,098
   
$
1,329,514
                 
Less:   Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(372,463
)
               
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(35,357
)
   
(44,424
)
               
Total tangible equity
(a)
 
$
1,014,241
   
$
912,627
                 
                                   
TANGIBLE ASSETS
                               
Total assets
   
$
12,096,316
   
$
11,805,197
                 
Less: Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(372,463
)
               
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(35,357
)
   
(44,424
)
               
Total tangible assets
(b)
 
$
11,695,459
   
$
11,388,310
                 
                                   
Risk-weighted assets
(c)
 
$
8,287,608
   
$
7,825,839
                 
                                   
NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION
                               
Net income
   
$
33,589
   
$
33,034
   
$
95,489
   
$
89,021
 
Plus: Intangible amortization net of tax
     
1,328
     
1,523
     
4,098
     
3,939
 
Net income adjusted for intangible amortization
   
$
34,917
   
$
34,557
   
$
99,587
   
$
92,960
 
                                   
Period end common shares outstanding
(d)
   
67,439,788
     
67,181,694
                 
                                   
TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS
                                 
Return on average tangible equity 1
     
13.70
%
   
14.92
%
   
13.52
%
   
13.25
%
Tangible equity/tangible assets
(a)/(b)
   
8.67
%
   
8.01
%
               
Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets
(a)/(c)
   
12.24
%
   
11.66
%
               
Tangible book value
(a)/(d)*1,000
 
$
15.04
   
$
13.58
                 
 
        
September 30,
 
TIER 1 COMMON RISK-BASED CAPITAL
   
2014
   
2013
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,415,098
   
$
1,329,514
 
Eliminate qualifying AOCI
     
34,365
     
52,226
 
Qualifying tier 1 capital
     
60,000
     
60,000
 
Disallowed goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(372,463
)
Adjustment to goodwill allowed for deferred taxes
   
15,503
     
14,093
 
Other disallowed intangibles
     
(35,357
)
   
(44,424
)
Disallowed servicing intangible
     
(6,709
)
   
(6,315
)
Disallowed deferred taxes
     
(1,234
)
   
(39,476
)
Total tier 1 capital
   
$
1,116,166
   
$
993,155
 
Less:  Qualifying tier 1 capital
     
(60,000
)
   
(60,000
)
Total tier 1 common capital
(e)
 
$
1,056,166
   
$
933,155
 
                   
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
(e)/(c)
   
12.74
%
   
11.92
%

1  Calculation = ((net income adjusted for intangible amortization/number of days in period)*number of days in year)/total average tangible common equity

57

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Tables show the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, increased $20.3 million, or 6.8%, when compared with the same period in 2013.  The net interest margin increased 11 basis points to 4.09% for the first nine months of 2014, compared with the same time period in 2013.  The increase in the net interest margin was primarily a result of a $7.3 million increase in recoveries on loan pay-offs on acquired loans, which are included in net interest income, and lower deposit costs, which were partially offset by a downward repricing of LHFI in response to increased competitive pricing pressures.  Trustmark anticipates that recoveries on loan pay-offs on acquired loans will continue to impact the net interest margin during the fourth quarter of 2014; however, the amount of impact these recoveries will have is difficult to determine.  Trustmark's net interest margin decreased 7 basis points when the third quarter of 2014 is compared to the second quarter of 2014 primarily due to the current interest rate environment and increased competition, both of which are reflected in the decline in yield on LHFI and loans held for sale (LHFS).  The net interest margin excluding acquired loans, which equals the reported net interest income-FTE excluding interest and fees on acquired loans, annualized, as a percentage of average earning assets excluding average acquired loans, for the first nine months of 2014 was 3.52%, a decrease of 5 basis points when compared to the same time period in 2013.  Based on the current interest rate environment, Trustmark anticipates that the net interest margin, excluding acquired loans, to remain relatively stable during the fourth quarter of 2014.

Average interest-earning assets for the first nine months of 2014 were $10.390 billion compared to $9.998 billion for the same time period in 2013, an increase of $391.9 million, or 3.9%.  The growth in average earning assets was primarily due to an increase in average securities-taxable of $121.0 million, or 3.8%, and average loans (LHFI and LHFS) of $414.1 million, or 7.2%, during the first nine months of 2014.  The increase in average securities-taxable was primarily attributable to purchases of U.S Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed securities, partially offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities, as well as inclusion of the securities acquired in the BancTrust acquisition for the entire first nine months of 2014.  The increase in average total loans (LHFI and LHFS) was primarily attributable to growth in the LHFI portfolio.  See the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the changes in the LHFI portfolio.

During the first nine months of 2014, interest on securities-taxable increased $4.7 million, or 8.8%, as the yield on taxable securities increased 11 basis points to 2.37% when compared with the same time period in 2013 due to re-investments in higher yielding securities.  During the first nine months of 2014, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE increased $2.4 million, or 1.2%, while the yield on loans (LHFS & LHFI) fell 26 basis points to 4.47% when compared to the same time period in 2013 due to downward repricing of LHFI due to the current interest rate environment and increased competitive pressures.  During the first nine months of 2014, interest and fees on acquired loans increased $10.3 million, or 19.4%, due principally to a $13.0 million increase in recoveries on loan pay-offs of BancTrust acquired loans, which was partially offset by the $5.6 million decrease in recoveries on loans acquired in the April 2011 acquisition of Heritage Banking Group (Heritage), as well as interest earned on the BancTrust acquired loans for a full nine months.  During the first nine months of 2014, the yield on acquired loans increased to 12.11% compared to 8.48% during the same time period in 2013 due primarily to the increase in recoveries on loan pay-offs of the BancTrust acquired loans.  As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE increased $17.2 million, or 5.4%, when the first nine months of 2014 is compared with the same time period in 2013.  The impact of these changes is also illustrated by the growth in the yield on total earning assets, which increased from 4.24% for the first nine months of 2013 to 4.30% for the same time period in 2014, an increase of 6 basis points.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first nine months of 2014 totaled $7.781 billion compared to $7.563 billion for the same time period in 2013, an increase of $217.8 million, or 2.9%.  During the first nine months of 2014, average interest-bearing deposits increased $96.8 million, or 1.4%, as a result of growth in savings and interest-bearing demand deposits, partially offset by declines in certificates of deposits.  The combination of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings increased by $120.9 million, or 23.9%, during the first nine months of 2014, which was primarily attributable to increased balances of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as short-term FHLB advances obtained from the FHLB of Dallas during the third quarter of 2014.  Total interest expense for the first nine months of 2014 decreased $3.1 million, or 16.0%, when compared with the same time period in 2013, principally due to the $3.0 million, or 20.1%, decrease in interest expense on deposit accounts as a result of a reduction in rates paid on certificates of deposit.  As a result of these factors, the overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined 7 basis points to 0.28% when the first nine months of 2014 is compared with the same time period in 2013.

58

Yield/Rate Analysis Table
                       
($ in thousands)
                       
                         
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
                         
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
Assets
                       
Interest-earning assets:
                       
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
$
4,228
   
$
9
     
0.84
%
 
$
8,978
   
$
8
     
0.35
%
Securities - taxable
   
3,328,329
     
19,712
     
2.35
%
   
3,338,774
     
18,654
     
2.22
%
Securities - nontaxable
   
174,419
     
1,845
     
4.20
%
   
183,079
     
1,960
     
4.25
%
Loans (including LHFS)
   
6,387,251
     
70,197
     
4.36
%
   
5,784,170
     
68,417
     
4.69
%
Acquired loans
   
614,646
     
23,200
     
14.98
%
   
928,444
     
19,183
     
8.20
%
Other earning assets
   
41,871
     
386
     
3.66
%
   
38,226
     
372
     
3.86
%
Total interest-earning assets
   
10,550,744
     
115,349
     
4.34
%
   
10,281,671
     
108,594
     
4.19
%
Cash and due from banks
   
272,925
                     
272,320
                 
Other assets
   
1,345,771
                     
1,284,813
                 
Allowance for loan losses, net
   
(78,227
)
                   
(79,696
)
               
Total Assets
 
$
12,091,213
                   
$
11,759,108
                 
                                                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
6,921,580
     
3,606
     
0.21
%
 
$
7,212,391
     
4,970
     
0.27
%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
540,870
     
180
     
0.13
%
   
364,446
     
106
     
0.12
%
Other borrowings
   
300,943
     
1,425
     
1.88
%
   
179,690
     
1,389
     
3.07
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
7,763,393
     
5,211
     
0.27
%
   
7,756,527
     
6,465
     
0.33
%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
   
2,774,745
                     
2,479,082
                 
Other liabilities
   
140,218
                     
190,143
                 
Shareholders' equity
   
1,412,857
                     
1,333,356
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
12,091,213
                   
$
11,759,108
                 
                                                 
Net Interest Margin
           
110,138
     
4.14
%
           
102,129
     
3.94
%
                                                 
Less tax equivalent adjustment
           
3,909
                     
3,700
         
Net Interest Margin per Consolidated Statements of Income
         
$
106,229
                   
$
98,429
         

59

Yield/Rate Analysis Table
                       
($ in thousands)
                       
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
                         
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
Assets
                       
Interest-earning assets:
                       
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under  reverse repurchase agreements
 
$
4,437
   
$
20
     
0.60
%
 
$
7,477
   
$
17
     
0.30
%
Securities - taxable
   
3,303,357
     
58,454
     
2.37
%
   
3,182,404
     
53,740
     
2.26
%
Securities - nontaxable
   
178,213
     
5,677
     
4.26
%
   
183,659
     
5,952
     
4.33
%
Loans (including LHFS)
   
6,167,850
     
206,000
     
4.47
%
   
5,753,759
     
203,579
     
4.73
%
Acquired loans
   
698,051
     
63,236
     
12.11
%
   
835,172
     
52,952
     
8.48
%
Other earning assets
   
38,335
     
1,140
     
3.98
%
   
35,893
     
1,099
     
4.09
%
Total interest-earning assets
   
10,390,243
     
334,527
     
4.30
%
   
9,998,364
     
317,339
     
4.24
%
Cash and due from banks
   
327,657
                     
275,711
                 
Other assets
   
1,354,948
                     
1,260,227
                 
Allowance for loan losses, net
   
(78,533
)
                   
(83,547
)
               
Total Assets
 
$
11,994,315
                   
$
11,450,755
                 
                                                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
7,154,232
     
11,941
     
0.22
%
 
$
7,057,428
     
14,950
     
0.28
%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
404,604
     
366
     
0.12
%
   
315,113
     
275
     
0.12
%
Other borrowings
   
222,307
     
4,163
     
2.50
%
   
190,850
     
4,392
     
3.08
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
7,781,143
     
16,470
     
0.28
%
   
7,563,391
     
19,617
     
0.35
%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
   
2,694,673
                     
2,377,583
                 
Other liabilities
   
127,414
                     
175,344
                 
Shareholders' equity
   
1,391,085
                     
1,334,437
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
11,994,315
                   
$
11,450,755
                 
                                                 
Net Interest Margin
           
318,057
     
4.09
%
           
297,722
     
3.98
%
                                                 
Less tax equivalent adjustment
           
11,636
                     
11,090
         
Net Interest Margin per Consolidated Statements of Income
         
$
306,421
                   
$
286,632
         

Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI

The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors.  Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to newly identified criticized LHFI, as well as the actions taken related to other LHFI including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first nine months of 2014 totaled 0.06% of average LHFI, compared with -0.27% of average LHFI for the same time period in 2013.  The increase in the provision during the first nine months of 2014 was primarily a result of a decrease in the amount of established reserves being released compared to the same period in 2013 for both new and existing impaired LHFI, changes in the quantitative and qualitative reserve factors and other changes in the LHFI portfolio (i.e., balance changes due to pay-offs and risk rate changes). 
 
During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI to incorporate the use of consumer credit bureau scores which reflects the customer’s historical willingness and ability to service their debt.  The implementation of this consumer qualitative factor will allow Trustmark to better monitor shifts in risk that are represented in the retail portfolio and ensure that it is reflective in the allowance for loan loss calculation.  An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2014 as a result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI. During the third quarter 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI to incorporate an additional reserve component for commercial nonaccrual loans under $500 thousand.  A LHFI is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  A formal impairment analysis is performed on all commercial nonaccrual LHFI with an outstanding balance of $500 thousand or more, and based upon this analysis LHFI are written down to net realizable value.  These commercial nonaccrual credits under $500 thousand are generally not currently protected by an identified source of repayment or any viable secondary means of repayment and do not have collateral sufficient to extinguish the credit.  For such loans, it is currently unlikely that full repayment of both principal and interest will be realized.  An additional provision of approximately $822 thousand was recorded in the third quarter of 2014 as a result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI. See the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI.
 

60

The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the Mississippi market region for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased $5.7 million when compared to the same time period in 2013, primarily due to approximately $2.0 million of reserves provided due to changes in the LHFI portfolio, such as balance changes due to pay-off or pay-down and risk rate changes and $1.7 million in additional reserves related to newly impaired LHFI.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the Mississippi market region for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased $13.0 million when compared to the same time period in 2013, primarily due to net charge-offs not related to current period impaired loans; a decrease in the amount of established reserves being released compared to the same period in 2013 for both new and existing impaired LHFI; additional reserves resulting from the change to the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI during the second quarter of 2014 and changes in the commercial LHFI portfolio and qualitative and quantitative reserve factor measurements.

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, LHFI, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Alabama
 
$
1,093
   
$
550
   
$
2,261
   
$
1,458
 
Florida
   
(147
)
   
(2,642
)
   
(5,660
)
   
(9,742
)
Mississippi (1)
   
4,679
     
(1,051
)
   
9,539
     
(3,491
)
Tennessee (2)
   
244
     
(150
)
   
(948
)
   
(863
)
Texas
   
(2,811
)
   
(331
)
   
(2,588
)
   
1,200
 
Total provision for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
3,058
   
$
(3,624
)
 
$
2,604
   
$
(11,438
)

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Trustmark continues to devote significant resources to managing credit risks resulting from the slowdown in residential real estate developments.  Management believes that the construction and land development portfolio is appropriately risk rated and adequately reserved based on current conditions.

See the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI, which includes the table of nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate.

Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans

The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows.  Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans accounted for under Federal Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.”  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the three months ended September 30, 2014 declined $2.1 million when compared to the same time period in 2013, primarily due to improvements in expected cash flows for which a provision was recorded in a prior period related to loans acquired in the March 2012 acquisition of Bay Bank & Trust Company (Bay Bank) and loans acquired from Heritage.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the first nine months of 2014 increased $3.1 million when compared to the same time period in 2013, primarily due to BancTrust acquired loans in which a debt settlement or foreclosure occurred during the second quarter of 2014 for an amount which exceeded the previous loss expectations to date as well as changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the period.

61

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, acquired loans, by acquisition for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
BancTrust
 
$
1,976
   
$
2,321
   
$
5,221
   
$
2,547
 
Bay Bank
   
(280
)
   
800
     
363
     
440
 
Heritage
   
(551
)
   
171
     
(592
)
   
(1,117
)
Total provision for loan losses, acquired loans
 
$
1,145
   
$
3,292
   
$
4,992
   
$
1,870
 

Noninterest Income

The following table presents the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
 
$
12,743
   
$
13,852
   
$
(1,109
)
   
-8.0
%
 
$
36,157
   
$
38,462
   
$
(2,305
)
   
-6.0
%
Bank card and other fees
   
7,279
     
8,929
     
(1,650
)
   
-18.5
%
   
26,254
     
26,381
     
(127
)
   
-0.5
%
Insurance commissions
   
9,240
     
8,227
     
1,013
     
12.3
%
   
25,637
     
23,483
     
2,154
     
9.2
%
Wealth management
   
8,038
     
7,520
     
518
     
6.9
%
   
23,883
     
21,335
     
2,548
     
11.9
%
Mortgage banking, net
   
5,842
     
8,440
     
(2,598
)
   
-30.8
%
   
18,862
     
28,318
     
(9,456
)
   
-33.4
%
Other, net
   
(160
)
   
165
     
(325
)
   
n/
m
   
18
     
(3,171
)
   
3,189
     
n/
m
Total Noninterest Income before securities gains, net
   
42,982
     
47,133
     
(4,151
)
   
-8.8
%
   
130,811
     
134,808
     
(3,997
)
   
-3.0
%
Security (losses) gains, net
   
(89
)
   
-
     
(89
)
   
n/
m
   
300
     
378
     
(78
)
   
-20.6
%
Total Noninterest Income
 
$
42,893
   
$
47,133
   
$
(4,240
)
   
-9.0
%
 
$
131,111
   
$
135,186
   
$
(4,075
)
   
-3.0
%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Noninterest income represented 28.8% and 29.9% of total revenue, before securities (losses) gains, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, and 32.4% and 32.0% of total revenue, before securities (losses) gains, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.

The decrease in noninterest income during the three months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily the result of declines in mortgage banking revenues due principally to lower gains on secondary marketing loan sales resulting from lower spreads and volumes, declines in bank card and other fees resulting from lower interchange income and declines in service charges on deposit accounts resulting from lower non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees, which were partially offset by growth in insurance commissions principally due to increases in commission on property and casualty and group health policies and growth in wealth management revenues due primarily to trust management fees, brokerage services income and fixed annuity income.  The decrease in noninterest income during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily the result of declines in mortgage banking revenues due principally to lower gains on secondary marketing loan sales resulting from lower spreads and volumes and declines in service charges on deposit accounts resulting from lower non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees.  These declines were partially offset by growth in other noninterest income resulting from increases in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies and decreases in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset, growth in insurance commissions principally due to increases in commission on property and casualty and group health policies and growth in wealth management revenues due primarily to trust management fees and fixed annuity income.  For further analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Segment Information” located elsewhere in this report.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

The decrease in service charges on deposit accounts when comparing the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 with the same time periods in 2013 was primarily due to declines in non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees on consumer demand deposit accounts.  The declines in the non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees primarily resulted from a decrease in the number of occurrences of non-sufficient funds and overdrafts as Trustmark made enhancements to provide customers with access to information regarding pending debit card signature transactions and extended the hours customers are capable of making deposits at Trustmark ATMs.

62

Bank Card and Other Fees

Bank card and other fees consist primarily of fees earned on bank card products as well as fees on various bank products and services and safe deposit box fees.  The decrease in bank card and other fees when the three months ended September 30, 2014 is compared with the same time period in 2013 was principally due to the decrease in interchange income and miscellaneous other bank fees, which was partially offset by an increase in the fair value of Trustmark's proprietary position in interest rate swaps entered into with qualified commercial borrowing customers.  The decrease in bank card and other fees for the first nine months of 2014 when compared to the first nine months of 2013 was primarily the result of declines in the fair value of Trustmark's proprietary position in interest rate swaps entered into with qualified commercial borrowing customers, which was partially offset by growth in miscellaneous other bank fees.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” elsewhere in this discussion for additional information related to the derivative products offered to qualified commercial borrowing customers.
 
On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees, which limited the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction to the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction.  In addition, the FRB also approved an interim rule that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer's debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the interim rule.  The provisions regarding debit card interchange fees were effective as of October 1, 2011.  On July 31, 2013, however, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia held that, in determining the debit card interchange fee standard in the final rule, the FRB improperly considered costs it was prohibited by the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA) from considering.  The court, accordingly, remanded to the FRB with instructions to vacate the final rule, but stayed the order to vacate to provide the FRB an opportunity to replace the invalid portions of the final rule.  On March 21, 2014, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals overturned the lower court decision finding that the FRB’s final rule was based on a reasonable interpretation of the statute.  The retailers challenging the FRB’s rule filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the Supreme Court of the United States on August 18, 2014 seeking review of this holding.  The Supreme Court has not yet announced whether it will hear the appeal.  Management will continue to closely monitor developments related to this ruling.  Any revision to the debit card interchange fee standard would affect the accuracy of Management’s prediction of the impact of the interchange fee rule on Trustmark’s results of operations.

In accordance with the statute, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards.  At December 31, 2013, the annual measurement date, Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion; and, therefore, was required to comply with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014.  Management estimated that the effect of the FRB final rule as issued on June 29, 2011 could reduce noninterest income by approximately $10.0 million to $11.0 million on an annual basis given Trustmark's current debit card volumes.  Trustmark's noninterest interest income declined $2.6 million during the three months ended September 30, 2014 as a result of the FRB final rule.  Management has identified a number of strategic priorities, such as process improvement and expense management, that when combined with current fee improvement options being evaluated within various areas of Trustmark's retail banking section are expected to offset, in whole or in part, the impact of the FRB final rule.
 
Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking income included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Mortgage servicing income, net
 
$
4,674
   
$
4,552
   
$
122
     
2.7
%
 
$
13,805
   
$
13,204
   
$
601
     
4.6
%
Change in fair value-MSR from runoff
   
(2,364
)
   
(2,407
)
   
43
     
1.8
%
   
(6,567
)
   
(7,623
)
   
1,056
     
13.9
%
Gain on sales of loans, net
   
3,272
     
6,465
     
(3,193
)
   
-49.4
%
   
7,860
     
24,227
     
(16,367
)
   
-67.6
%
Other, net
   
(323
)
   
(1,485
)
   
1,162
     
78.2
%
   
772
     
(4,186
)
   
4,958
     
n/
m
Mortgage banking income before hedge ineffectiveness
   
5,259
     
7,125
     
(1,866
)
   
-26.2
%
   
15,870
     
25,622
     
(9,752
)
   
-38.1
%
Change in fair value-MSR from market changes
   
700
     
287
     
413
     
n/
m
   
(3,061
)
   
7,881
     
(10,942
)
   
n/
m
Change in fair value of derivatives
   
(117
)
   
1,028
     
(1,145
)
   
n/
m
   
6,053
     
(5,185
)
   
11,238
     
n/
m
Net positive hedge ineffectiveness
   
583
     
1,315
     
(732
)
   
-55.7
%
   
2,992
     
2,696
     
296
     
11.0
%
Mortgage banking, net
 
$
5,842
   
$
8,440
   
$
(2,598
)
   
-30.8
%
 
$
18,862
   
$
28,318
   
$
(9,456
)
   
-33.4
%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The decrease in net revenue from mortgage banking during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was principally due to lower gains on secondary marketing sales, which was partially offset by the net valuation increase in the fair value of loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contractsMortgage loan production for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $345.4 million and $898.0 million, a decrease of $12.4 million, or 3.5%, and $276.2 million, or 23.5%, when compared to $357.8 million and $1.174 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, reflecting the industry-wide decline in refinance activity following an extended low interest rate environment.  With the mortgage banking industry facing projected rising interest rates coupled with reduced mortgage loan production during 2014, Trustmark’s revenues from mortgage banking could continue to be reduced in the fourth quarter of 2014 and thereafter from recent historical levels.  Loans serviced for others totaled $5.586 billion at September 30, 2014, compared with $5.435 billion at September 30, 2013.

63

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net.  The decrease in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 is compared to the same time period in 2013 resulted from declines in the volume of loan sales and lower profit margins from secondary marketing activities due to the tightening of interest rate spreads during the period.  Loan sales totaled $273.3 million and $671.2 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $74.8 million and $460.9 million, respectively, when compared with the same time period in 2013.

During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $57.4 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $534 thousand, which is included in gain on sales of loans, net for the first nine months of 2013.  For additional information, please see “Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)” included elsewhere in this report.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy, exchange-traded derivative instruments are utilized to offset changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSR) attributable to changes in interest rates.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $583 thousand and $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.0 million and $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The net positive ineffectiveness primarily resulted from the hedge income produced by a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium, which are both core components of the MSR hedge strategy.

Other mortgage banking income, net includes the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” for the fair value of loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts as well as income from other miscellaneous mortgage charges.  The increase in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the three months ended September 30, 2014 with the same period in 2013 primarily resulted from a lower net negative valuation adjustment to the fair value of loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments, and forward sale contracts during the period.  The increase in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2014 with the same period in 2013 primarily resulted from the positive valuation adjustments to the fair value of loans held for sale and interest rate lock commitments, which was partially offset by the negative valuation adjustment to the fair value of forward sale contracts during the period.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” elsewhere in this report for further discussion of the mortgage related derivative instruments.

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes
 
$
(3,006
)
 
$
(2,388
)
 
$
(618
)
   
-25.9
%
 
$
(9,018
)
 
$
(6,726
)
 
$
(2,292
)
   
-34.1
%
(Decrease) Increase in FDIC indemnification asset
   
(452
)
   
211
     
(663
)
   
n/
m
   
(2,139
)
   
(3,471
)
   
1,332
     
38.4
%
Other miscellaneous income
   
3,298
     
2,342
     
956
     
40.8
%
   
11,175
     
7,026
     
4,149
     
59.1
%
Total other, net
 
$
(160
)
 
$
165
   
$
(325
)
   
n/
m
 
$
18
   
$
(3,171
)
 
$
3,189
     
n/
m

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in other income, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily the result of an increase in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance of $3.4 million, principally due to Trustmark’s $100.0 million investment in bank-owned life insurance in September 2013, and the decrease in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from loan pay-offs and changes in expected cash flows and loss expectations of acquired covered loans.  These gains were partially offset by the increase in partnership amortization as a result of $29.0 million in new tax credit investments entered into by Trustmark since the third quarter of 2013.  During 2013, Trustmark continued to grow its investments in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis.  The increased partnership amortization was more than offset by the income tax credits received during the first nine months of 2014 which reduced income tax expense.

64

Noninterest Expense

The following table presents the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
$
56,675
   
$
56,043
   
$
632
     
1.1
%
 
$
169,535
   
$
165,040
   
$
4,495
     
2.7
%
Services and fees
   
14,489
     
13,580
     
909
     
6.7
%
   
42,197
     
39,428
     
2,769
     
7.0
%
Net occupancy-premises
   
6,817
     
6,644
     
173
     
2.6
%
   
19,836
     
19,302
     
534
     
2.8
%
Equipment expense
   
5,675
     
6,271
     
(596
)
   
-9.5
%
   
17,949
     
18,138
     
(189
)
   
-1.0
%
ORE/Foreclosure expense:
                                                               
Writedowns
   
1,498
     
1,769
     
(271
)
   
-15.3
%
   
5,624
     
6,820
     
(1,196
)
   
-17.5
%
Carrying costs
   
(568
)
   
1,310
     
(1,878
)
   
n/
m
   
2,457
     
5,210
     
(2,753
)
   
-52.8
%
Total ORE/Foreclosure expense
   
930
     
3,079
     
(2,149
)
   
-69.8
%
   
8,081
     
12,030
     
(3,949
)
   
-32.8
%
FDIC assessment expense
   
2,644
     
2,376
     
268
     
11.3
%
   
7,528
     
6,773
     
755
     
11.1
%
Other expense
   
12,964
     
13,531
     
(567
)
   
-4.2
%
   
39,447
     
50,153
     
(10,706
)
   
-21.3
%
Total noninterest expense
 
$
100,194
   
$
101,524
   
$
(1,330
)
   
-1.3
%
 
$
304,573
   
$
310,864
   
$
(6,291
)
   
-2.0
%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The decrease in noninterest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily attributable to a decrease in other real estate carrying costs.  The decrease in noninterest expense for the first nine months of 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily attributable to decreases in other expense and ORE/foreclosure expense, which was partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

The increase in salaries and employee benefits, the largest category of noninterest expense, for the three months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 primarily resulted from modest general merit increases, higher commissions expense resulting from improved performance in Trustmark’s Insurance and Wealth Management Divisions and increases in general performance incentives expense, which was partially offset by a decrease in Trustmark’s Capital Accumulation Plan pension expense due to lower actuarially-determined rates and the termination of the BancTrust Pension Plan.  The increase in salaries and employee benefits for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 when compared with the same time period in 2013 primarily reflects salaries and employee benefits attributable to the BancTrust operations for a full nine months, modest general merit increases, higher commissions expense resulting from improved performance in Trustmark’s Insurance and Wealth Management Divisions, and increases in general performance incentives expense.  These increases in salaries and employee benefits were partially offset by a decrease in Trustmark’s Capital Accumulation Plan pension expense due to lower actuarially-determined rates, a decline in severance expenses due to non-routine transaction expenses from the acquisition of BancTrust incurred during the first nine months of 2013 and a decrease in commission expense resulting from declines in mortgage loan originations. Excluding the decline in pension expense due to actuarially-determined rates and the termination of the BancTrust Pension Plans and the decline in severance expenses due to non-routine transaction expenses from the acquisition of BancTrust, salaries and employee benefits for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased $2.3 million, or 4.1%, and $7.9 million, or 4.8%, relative to the same time periods in 2013, respectively.

Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees for the three months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was attributable to net increases in all categories of services and fees expense.  The increase in services and fees for the first nine months of 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily due to increases in advertising expense, professional services and fees, data processing expense related to software and communications expense, which was partially offset by a decline in legal expense.

65

ORE/Foreclosure Expense

The decrease in ORE/foreclosure expense (includes expenses related to covered other real estate) for the three months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily due to a net gain on sale of other real estate of $2.2 million during the third quarter of 2014 compared to a net gain on sale of other real estate of $50 thousand during the third quarter of 2013.  The decrease in ORE/foreclosure expense for the first nine months of 2014 compared to the first nine months of 2013 was primarily due to the increase in the net gain on the sale of other real estate and a decrease in write-downs of other real estate.  The net gain on sale of other real estate for the first nine months of 2014 totaled $2.7 million, compared to a net loss on the sale of other real estate for the first nine months of 2013 of $212 thousand.  For additional analysis of other real estate and foreclosure expenses, please see the sections captioned “Nonperforming Assets, excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate” and “Covered Other Real Estate,” located elsewhere in this report.

FDIC Assessment Expense

The increase in FDIC assessment expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same time periods of 2013 primarily resulted from the increase in Trustmark’s assessment base, which was principally due to the BancTrust acquisition.  As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance assessment system to base assessments on the average total consolidated assets of insured depository institutions less the average tangible equity during the assessment period.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund be increased from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insurable deposits, or the comparable percentage of the assessment base, by September 30, 2020.  The FDIC must offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10.0 billion.  With total assets greater than $10.0 billion at December 31, 2013, Trustmark lost the benefit of this offset beginning in the second quarter 2014.  The change in the assessment methodology was immaterial to Trustmark’s results of operations.

Other Expense

The following table presents the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2014
   
2013
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Loan expense
 
$
3,070
   
$
3,390
   
$
(320
)
   
-9.4
%
 
$
9,641
   
$
10,652
   
$
(1,011
)
   
-9.5
%
Non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
7,920
     
(7,920
)
   
-100.0
%
Amortization of intangibles
   
2,150
     
2,466
     
(316
)
   
-12.8
%
   
6,633
     
6,380
     
253
     
4.0
%
Other miscellaneous expense
   
7,744
     
7,675
     
69
     
0.9
%
   
23,173
     
25,201
     
(2,028
)
   
-8.0
%
Total other expense
 
$
12,964
   
$
13,531
   
$
(567
)
   
-4.2
%
 
$
39,447
   
$
50,153
   
$
(10,706
)
   
-21.3
%

The decline in other expenses during the first nine months of 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily due to declines in non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition, which were incurred during the first nine months of 2013 as a result of the acquisition of BancTrust, other miscellaneous expense and loan expense.  The decrease in other miscellaneous expense for the first nine months of 2014 when compared to the first nine months of 2013 was principally due to the non-routine litigation expense related to the settlement of the NSF and overdraft litigation incurred during the first nine months of 2013, which was partially offset by increases in other miscellaneous expenses due primarily to increases in ATM and debit card processing expenses, sponsorships and charitable contributions and insurance expenses.  The decrease in loan expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 when compared to the same time period in 2013 was primarily due to declines in other loan expense, mortgage loan putback expense and mortgage loan compensatory fees.

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to FNMA and FHLMC on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which a mortgage loan is eligible for relief from selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses, included in loan expense, incurred by Trustmark during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 were $150 thousand and $450 thousand, compared to $147 thousand and $1.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively.  During November 2013, Trustmark finalized its agreement with FNMA (the “Resolution Agreement”) to resolve its existing and future repurchase and make whole obligations (collectively “Repurchase Obligations”) related to mortgage loans originated between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2008 and delivered to FNMA.  Under the terms of the Resolution Agreement, Trustmark paid FNMA approximately $3.6 million with respect to the Repurchase Obligations.  Trustmark believes that it was in its best interests to execute the Resolution Agreement in order to bring finality to the loss reimbursement exposure with FNMA for these years and reduce the resources spent on individual file reviews and defending loss reimbursement requests.  The Repurchase Obligations were covered by Trustmark’s existing reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  The reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses for FNMA loans in periods not covered by the Resolution Agreement and to other entities totaled $1.1 million at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

66

Mortgage loans covered by the Resolution Agreement executed with FNMA are only subject to putback risk due to borrower fraud or systemic risk.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to FNMA, which were originated after 2008, has improved as a result of industry-wide guidelines and process enhancements implemented since that time.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to GNMA has improved as a result of declining delinquency ratios.  Please see “Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)” located elsewhere in this report for additional information regarding mortgage loans sold to GNMA.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

Segment Information

Results of Segment Operations

Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Division, Wealth Management Division and Insurance Division.  During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Private Banking group from the Wealth Management Division to the General Banking Division, which provided a more accurate reflection of the manner in which Trustmark manages these operating segments.  For financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 18 – Segment Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.  Prior period financial information by reportable segment includes the appropriate reclassifications to conform to the current period presentation.  The following discusses changes in the financial results of each reportable segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

General Banking

The General Banking Division is responsible for all traditional banking products and services including a full range of commercial and consumer banking services such as checking accounts, savings programs, overdraft facilities, commercial, installment and real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, drive-in and night deposit services and safe deposit facilities offered through 207 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The General Banking Division also consists of internal operations that include Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury (Funds Management), Public Affairs and Corporate Finance.  Included in these operational units are expenses related to mergers, mark-to-market adjustments on loans and deposits, general incentives, restricted stock, supplemental retirement and amortization of core deposits.  Other than Treasury, these business units are support-based in nature and are largely responsible for general overhead expenditures that are not allocated.

Net interest income for the General Banking Division increased $19.5 million, or 6.8%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 compared with the same time period in 2013.  The growth in net interest income was mostly due to the increase in interest and fees on acquired loans due principally to the BancTrust acquisition, an increase in taxable interest on securities as well as modest declines in the cost of interest-bearing deposits.  The provision for loan losses, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 totaled $7.6 million compared to a negative $9.6 million for the same period in 2013, reflecting an increase of $17.2 million.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations,” located elsewhere in this report.

Noninterest income for the General Banking Division decreased $8.7 million, or 9.6%, during the first nine months of 2014 compared to the same time period in 2013.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represented 21.1% of total revenues for the first nine months of 2014 as opposed to 24.0% for the same time period in 2013.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division includes service charges on deposit accounts, bank card and other fees, mortgage banking, net, other, net and securities (losses) gains, net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report.

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division decreased $9.5 million, or 3.5%, during the first nine months of 2014 when compared with the same time period in 2013.  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Expense located elsewhere in this report.

67

Wealth Management

The Wealth Management Division has been strategically organized to serve Trustmark’s customers as a financial partner providing reliable guidance and sound, practical advice for accumulating, preserving, and transferring wealth.  The Investment Services group and the Trust group are the primary service providers in this segment.  TIA, a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB that is included in the Wealth Management Division, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to individual and institutional accounts.

During the first nine months of 2014, net income for the Wealth Management Division increased $1.1 million, or 43.7%, when compared to the same time period in 2013.  Noninterest income, which includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, increased $2.4 million, or 11.5%, when the first nine months of 2014 are compared to the same time period in 2013.  The increase in noninterest income was primarily attributable to trust management fees on new business (principally in the personal trust group), the addition of BancTrust for a full nine months and fixed annuity income generated by the brokerage services unit.  Noninterest expense increased $1.1 million, or 6.2%, during the first nine months of 2014 compared to the same time period in 2013 primarily due to increases in salaries and employee benefits expense.  The increase in salaries and benefits expense for the Wealth Management Division was primarily due to modest general merit increases as well as higher commission expense and trust incentive expense resulting from improved performance in the Wealth Management Division.  At September 30, 2014 and 2013, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $10.635 billion and $10.447 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $1.601 billion and $1.288 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products, including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage through FBBI, a Mississippi corporation and subsidiary of TNB.

During the first nine months of 2014, net income for the Insurance Division increased $58 thousand, or 1.6%, when compared to the same time period in 2013, as growth in noninterest income was offset by the increases in noninterest expense.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Division increased $2.1 million, or 9.1%, when the first nine months of 2014 are compared to the same time period in 2013.  The increase in noninterest income was due to new business commission volume primarily in group health and commercial property and casualty coverage.  General business activity continues to improve marginally, resulting in increases in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation.  Noninterest expense increased $2.1 million, or 11.4%, during the first nine months of 2014 compared to the same time period in 2013 primarily due to higher commissions expense resulting from improved performance in the Insurance Division.

Income Taxes

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 24.9% and 23.8%, respectively, compared to 25.5% and 26.1% for the same time periods in 2013, respectively.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  These investments are recorded based on the equity method of accounting, which requires the equity in partnership losses to be recognized when incurred and recorded as a reduction in other income.  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.  The decrease in Trustmark's effective tax rate in 2014 is mainly due to increased investments in these partnerships along with the appropriate tax credits.

Earning Assets

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $10.390 billion, or 86.6% of total average assets, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared with $9.998 billion, or 87.3% of total average assets, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, an increase of $391.9 million, or 3.9%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio decreased slightly to 4.3 years at September 30, 2014, compared to 4.8 years at December 31, 2013.
 
68

When compared with December 31, 2013, total investment securities increased by $170.7 million during the first nine months of 2014.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of U.S. Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed securities, partially offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities.  During the first nine months of 2014, Trustmark sold approximately $56.5 million in securities, generating a net gain of $300 thousand, compared to $67.2 million sold during the first nine months of 2013, which generating a net gain of $378 thousand.  During the first quarter of 2014, Trustmark sold $25.9 million of Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLO) securities due to uncertainty related to the Volker Rule.  These securities were identified as available for sale and had been carried in the asset-backed securities and structured financial products line item.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale as securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million.  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At September 30, 2014, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in AOCI in the accompanying balance sheets totaled approximately $41.9 million ($25.9 million net of tax) compared to approximately $46.4 million ($28.6 million net of tax) at December 31, 2013.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCI, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At September 30, 2014, available for sale securities totaled $2.364 billion, which represented 66.9% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.194 billion, or 65.2%, at December 31, 2013.  At September 30, 2014, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $14.3 million compared to $5.1 million at December 31, 2013.  At September 30, 2014, available for sale securities consisted of U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities, direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs and asset-backed securities and structured financial products.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At September 30, 2014, held to maturity securities totaled $1.170 billion and represented 33.1% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $1.169 billion, or 34.8%, at December 31, 2013.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 93% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.

As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio in light of issues currently facing these entities.

The following tables present Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at September 30, 2014 ($ in thousands):
   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
Securities Available for Sale
               
Aaa
 
$
2,181,567
     
92.8
%
 
$
2,189,410
     
92.6
%
Aa1 to Aa3
   
93,481
     
4.0
%
   
97,124
     
4.1
%
A1 to A3
   
3,463
     
0.2
%
   
3,565
     
0.2
%
Not Rated (1)
   
71,120
     
3.0
%
   
73,796
     
3.1
%
Total securities available for sale
 
$
2,349,631
     
100.0
%
 
$
2,363,895
     
100.0
%
                                 
Securities Held to Maturity
                               
Aaa
 
$
1,105,102
     
94.5
%
 
$
1,102,188
     
94.2
%
Aa1 to Aa3
   
43,139
     
3.7
%
   
46,125
     
3.9
%
A1 to A3
   
2,590
     
0.2
%
   
2,643
     
0.2
%
Not Rated (1)
   
18,809
     
1.6
%
   
19,257
     
1.7
%
Total securities held to maturity
 
$
1,169,640
     
100.0
%
 
$
1,170,213
     
100.0
%

(1) Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations.

69

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At September 30, 2014, approximately 92.6% of the available for sale securities and 94.5% of held to maturity securities were rated Aaa.

Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

At September 30, 2014, LHFS totaled $135.6 million, consisting of $96.0 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $39.6 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2013, LHFS totaled $149.2 million, consisting of $111.1 million in residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $38.0 million in GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as LHFS, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first nine months of 2014.  During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $57.4 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans were no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $534 thousand, which was included in mortgage banking, net for the first nine months of 2013.

LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

LHFI

The table below provides the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio by type for each of the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
Loans secured by real estate:
 
   
   
   
 
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
580,794
     
9.2
%
 
$
596,889
     
10.3
%
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,625,480
     
25.6
%
   
1,485,564
     
25.6
%
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,560,901
     
24.6
%
   
1,415,139
     
24.4
%
Other
   
239,819
     
3.8
%
   
189,362
     
3.3
%
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,246,753
     
19.7
%
   
1,157,614
     
20.0
%
Consumer loans
   
168,813
     
2.7
%
   
165,308
     
2.8
%
Other loans
   
911,091
     
14.4
%
   
789,005
     
13.6
%
LHFI
 
$
6,333,651
     
100.0
%
 
$
5,798,881
     
100.0
%

LHFI at September 30, 2014 totaled $6.334 billion compared to $5.799 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $534.8 million.  Growth in LHFI was primarily attributable to growth in the real estate secured loans, other loans, and commercial and industrial loans portfolios.  Growth in LHFI secured by real estate was attributable to growth in commercial real estate loans, 1-4 family mortgage loans and other real estate secured loans, offset by a decline in construction, land development and other land loans.

The commercial real estate loan portfolio increased $145.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.  The growth in the commercial real estate loan portfolio was primarily attributable to increases in non-owner occupied loans in all of Trustmark’s market regions principally due to construction loans moved to permanent financing.  Due to the rise in interest rates on the mortgage portfolio and the tightening of the secondary marketing spreads during the second half of 2013, Management elected to resume the practice of retaining certain 10-15 year mortgage loans in the portfolio.  As a result of this decision, the 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio increased $139.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, primarily in the Mississippi, Alabama and Florida market regions.  Other real estate secured LHFI increased $50.5 million during the first nine months of 2014, primarily due to increases in multi-family residential loans in the Mississippi, Texas, Tennessee and Alabama market regions as construction loans were moved to permanent financing.
 
70

LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land decreased $16.1 million during the first nine months of 2014, primarily due to declines in land development and other construction loans partially offset by growth in 1-4 family construction.  Land development loans declined $37.3 million during the first nine months of 2014, primarily in the Florida, Mississippi, Texas and Tennessee market regions.  The 1-4 family construction loan portfolio increased $24.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, principally due to growth in the Alabama, Texas, Florida and Mississippi market regions.  Other construction loans decreased $15.6 million during the first nine months of 2014, primarily due to $201.5 million in other construction loans that were moved to the appropriate permanent categories upon completion, including $103.3 million in non-owner occupied, $62.3 million in multi-family residential, $24.8 million in owner occupied and $10.9 million in obligations of states and political subdivisions.  Excluding all reclasses between loan categories, growth in other construction loans was $190.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

The other loan portfolio increase of $122.1 million represents growth in all of Trustmark’s market regions primarily in the obligations of states and political subdivisions loan segment and other loans, which includes lending to nonprofits and REITS.  The commercial and industrial loan portfolio increase of $89.1 million was primarily attributable to growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Mississippi and Tennessee market regions.

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Home equity loans
 
$
61,633
   
$
61,464
 
Home equity lines of credit
 
$
350,657
   
$
327,482
 
Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien
   
56.5
%
   
54.7
%
Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien
   
43.5
%
   
45.3
%

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.

71

The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at September 30, 2014 and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
 
LHFI Composition by Region
 
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (Central and Southern Regions)
   
Tennessee (Memphis, TN and Northern MS Regions)
   
Texas
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
580,794
   
$
56,496
   
$
59,822
   
$
251,931
   
$
36,868
   
$
175,677
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,625,480
     
34,915
     
50,888
     
1,392,033
     
128,966
     
18,678
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,560,901
     
81,220
     
169,716
     
796,158
     
145,197
     
368,610
 
Other
   
239,819
     
7,236
     
4,527
     
155,652
     
27,064
     
45,340
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,246,753
     
78,335
     
10,269
     
797,307
     
96,445
     
264,397
 
Consumer loans
   
168,813
     
16,028
     
2,804
     
130,710
     
16,512
     
2,759
 
Other loans
   
911,091
     
51,840
     
46,230
     
665,139
     
58,723
     
89,159
 
LHFI
 
$
6,333,651
   
$
326,070
   
$
344,256
   
$
4,188,930
   
$
509,775
   
$
964,620
 
                                                 
Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region
                                               
Lots
 
$
51,089
   
$
4,319
   
$
26,551
   
$
14,983
   
$
1,154
   
$
4,082
 
Development
   
58,350
     
836
     
6,924
     
31,889
     
956
     
17,745
 
Unimproved land
   
121,841
     
6,529
     
21,474
     
60,039
     
23,518
     
10,281
 
1-4 family construction
   
120,747
     
21,721
     
4,724
     
59,896
     
2,836
     
31,570
 
Other construction
   
228,767
     
23,091
     
149
     
85,124
     
8,404
     
111,999
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
580,794
   
$
56,496
   
$
59,822
   
$
251,931
   
$
36,868
   
$
175,677
 
                                                 
Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region
                                         
Income producing:
                                               
Retail
 
$
186,564
   
$
18,070
   
$
38,968
   
$
63,805
   
$
16,490
   
$
49,231
 
Office
   
205,957
     
9,897
     
44,271
     
83,556
     
8,010
     
60,223
 
Nursing homes/assisted living
   
111,338
     
-
     
-
     
92,345
     
5,848
     
13,145
 
Hotel/motel
   
107,720
     
11,853
     
16,067
     
46,106
     
23,744
     
9,950
 
Industrial
   
68,183
     
4,262
     
6,086
     
32,871
     
141
     
24,823
 
Health care
   
29,204
     
5,147
     
-
     
24,014
     
43
     
-
 
Convenience stores
   
9,225
     
248
     
-
     
5,782
     
1,266
     
1,929
 
Other
   
144,033
     
4,677
     
20,756
     
68,070
     
4,327
     
46,203
 
Total income producing loans
   
862,224
     
54,154
     
126,148
     
416,549
     
59,869
     
205,504
 
                                                 
Owner-occupied:
                                               
Office
   
116,451
     
5,965
     
15,652
     
54,700
     
8,285
     
31,849
 
Churches
   
90,977
     
2,895
     
3,345
     
41,791
     
32,092
     
10,854
 
Industrial warehouses
   
115,273
     
332
     
4,115
     
61,568
     
7,830
     
41,428
 
Health care
   
120,906
     
11,122
     
8,666
     
66,029
     
16,469
     
18,620
 
Convenience stores
   
53,291
     
522
     
1,572
     
32,919
     
2,818
     
15,460
 
Retail
   
30,268
     
1,333
     
3,906
     
18,532
     
3,080
     
3,417
 
Restaurants
   
35,077
     
241
     
2,062
     
27,657
     
4,076
     
1,041
 
Auto dealerships
   
8,123
     
-
     
160
     
6,367
     
1,569
     
27
 
Other
   
128,311
     
4,656
     
4,090
     
70,046
     
9,109
     
40,410
 
Total owner-occupied loans
   
698,677
     
27,066
     
43,568
     
379,609
     
85,328
     
163,106
 
Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
 
$
1,560,901
   
$
81,220
   
$
169,716
   
$
796,158
   
$
145,197
   
$
368,610
 

Trustmark makes loans in the normal course of business to certain directors, their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners.  Such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility at the time of the transaction.

There is no industry standard definition of “subprime loans.”  Trustmark categorizes certain loans as subprime for its purposes using a set of factors, which Management believes are consistent with industry practice.  Trustmark has not originated or purchased subprime mortgages.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark held “alt A” mortgages with an aggregate principal balance of $2.0 million (0.05% of total LHFI secured by real estate at that date).  These “alt A” loans have been originated by Trustmark as an accommodation to certain Trustmark customers for whom Trustmark determined that such loans were suitable under the purposes of the Fannie Mae “alt A” program and under Trustmark’s loan origination standards.  Trustmark does not have any no-interest loans, other than a small number of loans made to customers that are charitable organizations, the aggregate amount of which is not material to Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

72

The following table provides information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

   
September 30, 2014
 
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
 
   
   
 
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
154,519
   
$
426,275
   
$
580,794
 
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
   
1,511,914
     
113,566
     
1,625,480
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,002,511
     
558,390
     
1,560,901
 
Other
   
139,756
     
100,063
     
239,819
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
420,570
     
826,183
     
1,246,753
 
Consumer loans
   
150,368
     
18,445
     
168,813
 
Other loans
   
612,841
     
298,250
     
911,091
 
LHFI
 
$
3,992,479
   
$
2,341,172
   
$
6,333,651
 
                         
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
203,607
   
$
393,282
   
$
596,889
 
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
   
1,298,295
     
187,269
     
1,485,564
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
882,724
     
532,415
     
1,415,139
 
Other
   
115,315
     
74,047
     
189,362
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
478,842
     
678,772
     
1,157,614
 
Consumer loans
   
147,119
     
18,189
     
165,308
 
Other loans
   
522,276
     
266,729
     
789,005
 
LHFI
 
$
3,648,178
   
$
2,150,703
   
$
5,798,881
 

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is established through provisions for estimated loan losses charged against net income.  The allowance reflects Management’s best estimate of the probable loan losses related to specifically identified LHFI as well as probable incurred loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio and requires considerable judgment.  The allowance is based upon Management’s current judgments and the credit quality of the loan portfolio, including all internal and external factors that impact loan collectibility.  Accordingly, the allowance is based upon both past events and current economic conditions.

Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102 as well as other regulatory guidance.  The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.  This evaluation takes into account other qualitative factors including recent acquisitions; national, regional and local economic trends and conditions; changes in industry and credit concentration; changes in levels and trends of delinquencies and nonperforming LHFI; changes in levels and trends of net charge-offs; changes in interest rates and collateral, financial and underwriting exceptions; and loan facility risk.  For a complete description of Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the valuation allowance, please see Note 4 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI located elsewhere in this report.

At September 30, 2014, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, was $70.1 million, an increase of $3.7 million, or 5.5%, when compared with December 31, 2013.  Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding impaired LHFI, at September 30, 2014, was 178.81%, compared to 190.70% at December 31, 2013.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $70.1 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI, represented 1.26% of commercial LHFI and 0.69% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 1.11% as of September 30, 2014.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 1.15% at December 31, 2013, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.30% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.75%.

73

Recoveries exceeded charge-offs of LHFI for the first nine months of 2014 resulting in a net recovery of $1.1 million, or -0.02% of average LHFI, compared to a net recovery of $1.3 million, or -0.03% of average LHFI, during the same time period in 2013.  Florida had the highest recoveries, which totaled $3.1 million for the first nine months of 2014.  The decrease in net recoveries can be primarily attributed to a decline in recoveries resulting from impaired LHFI paid off in excess of the book value, net of previous charge-downs, partially offset by an increase in charge-offs of LHFI for the first nine months of 2014 principally in the Mississippi market region.  Management continues to monitor the impact of real estate values on borrowers and is proactively managing these situations.

The following table presents the net (recoveries) charge-offs for LHFI by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Alabama
 
$
172
   
$
132
   
$
311
   
$
210
 
Florida
   
(89
)
   
(138
)
   
(3,138
)
   
(2,413
)
Mississippi (2)
   
462
     
375
     
2,656
     
376
 
Tennessee (3)
   
48
     
(153
)
   
134
     
199
 
Texas
   
(1,021
)
   
353
     
(1,045
)
   
296
 
Total net (recoveries) charge-offs
 
$
(428
)
 
$
569
   
$
(1,082
)
 
$
(1,332
)

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged off.  Commercial purpose loans are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted or an impairment evaluation indicates that a value adjustment is necessary.  Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell.  Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, both secured and unsecured, are generally charged off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due.  Credit card loans are generally charged off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.

Nonperforming Assets, excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

The table below provides the components of the nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, by geographic market regions for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Nonaccrual LHFI
       
Alabama
 
$
852
   
$
14
 
Florida
   
10,986
     
12,278
 
Mississippi (1)
   
65,751
     
42,307
 
Tennessee (2)
   
5,901
     
4,390
 
Texas
   
4,824
     
6,249
 
Total nonaccrual LHFI
   
88,314
     
65,238
 
Other real estate
               
Alabama
   
24,256
     
25,912
 
Florida
   
36,608
     
34,480
 
Mississippi (1)
   
16,419
     
22,766
 
Tennessee (2)
   
11,347
     
12,892
 
Texas
   
8,407
     
10,489
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
   
97,037
     
106,539
 
Total nonperforming assets
 
$
185,351
   
$
171,777
 
                 
Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE
   
2.82
%
   
2.84
%
                 
Loans past due 90 days or more
               
LHFI
 
$
3,839
   
$
3,298
 
                 
LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (3)
 
$
24,979
   
$
21,540
 

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
(3) No obligation to repurchase

74

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

During the first nine months of 2014, nonaccrual LHFI increased $23.1 million, or 35.4%, relative to December 31, 2013 to total $88.3 million, or 1.37% of total LHFI and LHFS.  The increase in nonaccrual LHFI was principally the result of one substandard credit migrating to nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2014 and two substandard credits migrating to nonaccrual status during the third quarter of 2014.  These three credit relationships totaled $24.8 million at September 30, 2014 and were included in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region.  Excluding these three credit relationships, nonaccrual LHFI totaled $63.5 million at September 30, 2014, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 2.6%, relative to December 31, 2013 as Trustmark continues to work through its problem assets.  The following table illustrates nonaccrual LHFI by loan type for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Loans secured by real estate:
       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
20,286
   
$
13,327
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
27,017
     
21,603
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
23,885
     
21,809
 
Other
   
1,203
     
1,327
 
Commercial and industrial
   
15,178
     
6,286
 
Consumer loans
   
160
     
151
 
Other loans
   
585
     
735
 
Total nonaccrual LHFI
 
$
88,314
   
$
65,238
 

At September 30, 2014, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, totaled $97.0 million, a decrease of $9.5 million, or 8.9%, when compared with December 31, 2013.  The decrease in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was attributable to decreases in the Mississippi, Texas, Alabama and Tennessee market regions, which were partially offset by an increase in the Florida market region.

The following table illustrates changes in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
   
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (1)
   
Tennessee (2)
   
Texas
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
106,539
   
$
25,912
   
$
34,480
   
$
22,766
   
$
12,892
   
$
10,489
 
Additions
   
29,972
     
8,147
     
15,386
     
6,023
     
416
     
-
 
Disposals
   
(34,641
)
   
(8,853
)
   
(12,424
)
   
(10,557
)
   
(725
)
   
(2,082
)
Write-downs
   
(4,833
)
   
(1,015
)
   
(834
)
   
(1,748
)
   
(1,236
)
   
-
 
Adjustments
   
-
     
65
     
-
     
(65
)
   
-
     
-
 
Balance at end of period
 
$
97,037
   
$
24,256
   
$
36,608
   
$
16,419
   
$
11,347
   
$
8,407
 
                                                 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013
 
   
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (1)
   
Tennessee (2)
   
Texas
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
78,189
   
$
-
   
$
18,569
   
$
27,771
   
$
17,589
   
$
14,260
 
Additions (3)
   
73,890
     
31,473
     
31,554
     
5,741
     
3,550
     
1,572
 
Disposals
   
(29,605
)
   
(5,476
)
   
(10,251
)
   
(8,209
)
   
(3,326
)
   
(2,343
)
Write-downs
   
(6,145
)
   
(689
)
   
(674
)
   
136
     
(3,198
)
   
(1,720
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
116,329
   
$
25,308
   
$
39,198
   
$
25,439
   
$
14,615
   
$
11,769
 

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
(3) Additions at September 30, 2013 included $40.1 million of other real estate acquired from BancTrust

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, in Trustmark’s Florida market region included $11.8 million of BancTrust properties foreclosed during the first nine months of 2014, and $9.1 million of BancTrust other real estate in Florida was sold during the first nine months of 2014.  Excluding other real estate resulting from the BancTrust acquisition, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $10.4 million during the first nine months of 2014.

75

The following table illustrates other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
63,127
   
$
65,273
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
9,998
     
14,696
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
22,251
     
26,433
 
Other real estate properties
   
1,661
     
137
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
97,037
   
$
106,539
 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $1.3 million during the first nine months of 2014 compared to the same time period in 2013.  The decrease in write-downs on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was primarily the result of the write-down on an individual property in the Tennessee market region during the second quarter of 2013 as well as stabilizing property values and adequate reserves established in prior periods, which were partially offset by the increase in write-downs in the Mississippi market region and write-downs on BancTrust related other real estate that was revalued during the second quarter of 2014.  The increase in write-downs on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, in the Mississippi market region during the first nine months of 2014 was principally due to reserves released during the second quarter of 2013.

The following table illustrates write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
   
2014
   
2013
   
2014
   
2013
 
Alabama
 
$
93
   
$
627
   
$
1,015
   
$
689
 
Florida
   
582
     
343
     
834
     
674
 
Mississippi (1)
   
288
     
16
     
1,748
     
(136
)
Tennessee (2)
   
528
     
(15
)
   
1,236
     
3,198
 
Texas
   
-
     
750
     
-
     
1,720
 
Total write-downs of other real estate
 
$
1,491
   
$
1,721
   
$
4,833
   
$
6,145
 

(1) Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Acquired Loans

For the periods presented, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
Loans secured by real estate:
 
   
   
   
 
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
64,808
   
$
1,721
   
$
98,928
   
$
2,363
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
120,366
     
14,114
     
157,914
     
16,416
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
214,806
     
8,270
     
287,136
     
10,945
 
Other
   
28,036
     
2,949
     
33,948
     
2,644
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
103,185
     
327
     
149,495
     
394
 
Consumer loans
   
11,236
     
-
     
18,428
     
119
 
Other loans
   
22,105
     
226
     
24,141
     
1,335
 
Acquired loans
   
564,542
     
27,607
     
769,990
     
34,216
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
11,136
     
813
     
7,249
     
2,387
 
Net acquired loans
 
$
553,406
   
$
26,794
   
$
762,741
   
$
31,829
 

 Loans acquired through business combinations were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments.  Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in business combinations as acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, except for acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases, which are outside the scope of this guidance.  While not all loans acquired in business combinations exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration, accounting for these acquired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment.  Acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases were accounted for in accordance with accounting requirements for acquired nonimpaired loans.

76

On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust.  Trustmark acquired $944.2 million of noncovered loans, including $153.9 million of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases, at fair value, in the BancTrust acquisition.  During the second quarter of 2013, Trustmark recorded a fair value adjustment based on the estimated fair value of certain acquired loans which resulted in a net decrease in acquired noncovered loans of $524 thousand.   During the third quarter of 2013, Trustmark recorded a fair value adjustment based on the estimated fair value of certain acquired loans which resulted in a net decrease in acquired noncovered loans of $6.3 million.  The purchase price allocation for these loans was considered final as of December 31, 2013. 

The following table illustrates changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
 
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2013
 
$
72,942
   
$
6,696
   
$
45,391
   
$
2,460
 
Loans acquired (2)
   
790,335
     
153,900
     
-
     
-
 
Accretion to interest income
   
35,538
     
2,628
     
5,150
     
159
 
Payments received, net
   
(229,618
)
   
(39,281
)
   
(18,976
)
   
(819
)
Other
   
(24,177
)
   
(858
)
   
(3,202
)
   
(137
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(5,364
)
   
-
     
1,803
     
-
 
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2013
   
639,656
     
123,085
     
30,166
     
1,663
 
Accretion to interest income
   
35,423
     
1,442
     
3,010
     
(1
)
Payments received, net
   
(185,880
)
   
(37,437
)
   
(7,831
)
   
126
 
Other
   
(26,284
)
   
(486
)
   
(1,429
)
   
(484
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
4,400
     
(513
)
   
1,129
     
445
 
Carrying value, net at September 30, 2014
 
$
467,315
   
$
86,091
   
$
25,045
   
$
1,749
 

(1) "Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
(2) Adjusted fair value of loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.

Covered Other Real Estate

The following table illustrates covered other real estate by type of property for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
September 30, 2014
   
December 31, 2013
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
713
   
$
733
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
1,267
     
1,981
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
2,166
     
2,394
 
Total covered other real estate
 
$
4,146
   
$
5,108
 

The following table illustrates changes and (losses) gains, net on covered other real estate for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):
 
   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
5,108
   
$
5,741
 
Transfers from covered loans
   
690
     
1,380
 
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
   
9
     
(541
)
Net transfers from covered loans
   
699
     
839
 
Disposals
   
(870
)
   
(848
)
Write-downs
   
(791
)
   
(640
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
4,146
   
$
5,092
 
                 
(Loss) Gain, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
(132
)
 
$
47
 

77

FDIC Indemnification Asset

Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30.  For the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans, primarily due to pay-offs of acquired covered loans.  The pay-offs and improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC.  Reductions of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans are amortized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual period of the acquired covered loan as a yield adjustment consistent with the associated acquired covered loan.  Other noninterest income for the first nine months of 2014 and 2013 included $1.6 million and $141 thousand, respectively, of amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset, as a result of improvements in the expected cash flows and lower loss expectations.  During the first nine months of 2014 and 2013, other noninterest income also included a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $507 thousand and $3.3 million, respectively, primarily resulting from loan pay-offs partially offset by loan pools of acquired covered loans with increased loss expectations.

The following table illustrates changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2014
   
2013
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
14,347
   
$
21,774
 
(Amortization) Accretion
   
(1,633
)
   
(141
)
Transfers to FDIC claims
   
(4,021
)
   
(1,097
)
Change in expected cash flows
   
(373
)
   
(3,251
)
Change in FDIC true-up provision
   
(166
)
   
(200
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
8,154
   
$
17,085
 

Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement with the FDIC, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement.  TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.  TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.9 million at September 30, 2014 compared to $1.7 million at December 31, 2013.

Other Earning Assets

Average federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements were $4.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a decrease of $3.0 million, or 40.7%, when compared with the same time period in 2013.  Trustmark utilizes these products as offerings for its correspondent banking customers as well as a short-term investment alternative whenever it has excess liquidity.

Average other earning assets totaled $38.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared with $35.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, an increase of $2.4 million, or 6.8%.

Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $9.513 billion at September 30, 2014, compared to $9.860 billion at December 31, 2013.  Growth in noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $60.0 million and was more than offset by a decline in interest-bearing deposits of $406.7 million during the first nine months of 2014.  The increase in noninterest-bearing deposits was primarily due to growth in commercial and public demand deposit accounts, partially offset by a decline in personal demand deposit accounts.  The decrease in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from decreases in interest checking accounts, time deposits and money market deposit accounts.  Time deposit account balances declined by $248.3 million as a result of Trustmark’s continued efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances and the $50.0 million term fixed-rate brokered CD which matured on February 25, 2014.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s brokered deposits, please see the section captioned “Liquidity” included elsewhere in this report.

78

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, short-term FHLB advances and GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Short-term borrowings totaled $924.5 million at September 30, 2014, an increase of $606.5 million when compared with $318.0 million at December 31, 2013.  Of these amounts, $607.9 million and $251.6 million, respectively, were customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repo balances.  The increase in short-term borrowings resulted from increases in federal funds purchased of $341.9 million, short-term FHLB advances provided by the FHLB of Dallas of $250.0 million, securities sold under repurchase agreements of $14.4 million and GNMA optional repurchase loans of $1.5 million.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s short-term FHLB advances, please see the section captioned “Liquidity” included elsewhere in this report.

Legal Environment

For a complete overview of Trustmark’s legal environment and related contingencies, please see Note 12 – Contingencies: Legal Proceedings included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  These loan commitments and letters of credit are off-balance sheet arrangements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, and thus are not expected to have a significant impact on Trustmark’s liquidity or capital resources.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At September 30, 2014 and 2013, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $2.443 billion and $2.064 billion, respectively.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to ensure the performance of a customer to a third party.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral that are followed in the lending process.  At September 30, 2014 and 2013, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $137.1 million and $148.5 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years. Trustmark holds collateral to support certain letters of credit when deemed necessary.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At September 30, 2014, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.415 billion, an increase of $60.1 million, or 4.4%, from its level at December 31, 2013.  During the first nine months of 2014, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $95.5 million and was partially offset by common stock dividends of $46.9 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of both Trustmark and TNB.  TNB aims to exceed the well-capitalized guidelines for regulatory capital.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements.  In addition, TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at September 30, 2014.  To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since September 30, 2014, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB's present classification.

79

During 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities and Subordinated Notes.  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital while the Subordinated Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital.  The addition of these capital instruments provided Trustmark a cost effective manner in which to manage shareholders’ equity and enhance financial flexibility.  Trustmark will continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by the Trust as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

The following table illustrates Trustmark's and TNB's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Actual
Regulatory Capital
   
Minimum Regulatory
Capital Required
   
Minimum Regulatory
Provision to be
Well-Capitalized
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
At September 30, 2014:
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                       
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,218,220
     
14.70
%
 
$
663,009
     
8.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,194,589
     
14.44
%
   
661,737
     
8.00
%
 
$
827,171
     
10.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,116,166
     
13.47
%
 
$
331,504
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,094,124
     
13.23
%
   
330,868
     
4.00
%
 
$
496,302
     
6.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,116,166
     
9.54
%
 
$
467,917
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,094,124
     
9.37
%
   
467,135
     
4.00
%
 
$
583,919
     
5.00
%
                                                 
At December 31, 2013:
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,122,904
     
14.18
%
 
$
633,310
     
8.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,076,391
     
13.74
%
   
626,672
     
8.00
%
 
$
783,340
     
10.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,026,858
     
12.97
%
 
$
316,655
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
982,925
     
12.55
%
   
313,336
     
4.00
%
 
$
470,004
     
6.00
%
                                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
                                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,026,858
     
9.06
%
 
$
453,487
     
4.00
%
   
n/
a
   
n/
a
Trustmark National Bank
   
982,925
     
8.76
%
   
448,665
     
4.00
%
 
$
560,831
     
5.00
%

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were $0.69.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2014 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share in 2013.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

80

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $9.849 billion for the first nine months of 2014 and represented approximately 82.1% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $9.435 billion, which represented 82.4% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the same time period in 2013.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At September 30, 2014, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $22.3 million compared to $42.9 million at December 31, 2013.  At December 31, 2013, Trustmark had $50.0 million in term fixed-rate brokered CDs outstanding.  The addition of brokered CDs during 2011 was part of an interest rate risk management strategy and represented the lowest cost alternative for term fixed-rate funding.  Trustmark’s brokered CDs matured on February 25, 2014. Based on its funding position at the time, Trustmark did not renew the brokered CDs.

At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had $9.7 million of reciprocal Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) time deposits, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $18.3 million at December 31, 2013.  CDARS is a product offered by a third-party through which a customer’s deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits is distributed to multiple participating banks, with Trustmark remaining as the relationship bank.  When a customer’s excess deposits are distributed through the CDARS system, Trustmark receives reciprocal excess deposits from other participating banks.  Trustmark has no customer relationship or contact with the customers whose excess deposits it receives.  The funds are entitled to 100% FDIC insurance coverage as none of the deposits received exceed the FDIC insurance limit at the individual customer level.
 
At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had $386.0 million upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $20.0 million at December 31, 2013.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  Trustmark also maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided $250.0 million of advances at September 30, 2014 compared to no advances at December 31, 2013. Trustmark chose to utilize the short-term FHLB advances as a funding source during the third quarter of 2014 due to the favorable interest rates afforded by that source as compared to other sources in the market at that time. Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas by $1.677 billion at September 30, 2014.  In addition, at September 30, 2014, Trustmark had $8.1 million in FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $10.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Trustmark has a non-member status and no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.
 
Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had approximately $884.0 million available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $670.0 million at December 31, 2013.  The increase in repurchase agreement capacity at September 30, 2014, was primarily due to the increase in Trustmark’s investment portfolio and a seasonal decrease in public deposits during the third quarter of 2014.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had approximately $912.4 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window from pledges of loans and securities, compared with $931.6 million at December 31, 2013.

TNB has outstanding $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes (the Notes) due December 15, 2016.  At September 30, 2014, the carrying amount of the Notes was $49.9 million.  The Notes were sold pursuant to the terms of regulations issued by the OCC and in reliance upon an exemption provided by the Securities Act of 1933.  The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

The Board of Directors currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At September 30, 2014, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by the Asset/Liability Committee and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

81

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  The Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  The Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivative contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivative markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivative programs.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  The forward sales contracts are derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815.  The gross, notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $282.6 million at September 30, 2014, with a positive valuation adjustment of $717 thousand, compared to $214.3 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.0 million as of December 31, 2013.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, commencing on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.  The accumulated net after-tax gain related to effective cash flow hedges included in AOCI totaled $717 thousand at September 30, 2014 compared to $1.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Amounts reported in AOCI related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $575 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $583 thousand and $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, the impact was a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

82

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $337.9 million related to this program, compared to $355.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

As of September 30, 2014, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $631 thousand compared to $508 thousand as of December 31, 2013.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had posted collateral with a market value of $1.0 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at September 30, 2014, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $19.3 million and $19.7 million, respectively.  As of September 30, 2014, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $6.3 million, compared to none at December 31, 2013.  The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Trustmark’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, it is estimated that net interest income may increase 2.9% and 0.8% in a one-year, shocked, up 200 basis point rate shift scenario, compared to a base case, flat rate scenario at August 31, 2014 (the latest available information) and September 30, 2013, respectively.  In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates using static balances at August 31, 2014, it is estimated that net interest income may decrease by 4.9% compared to a 2.6% decrease at September 30, 2013.  At August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2013, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.

83

The table below summarizes the effect various rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income at August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2013:
 
   
Estimated Annual % Change
in Net Interest Income
 
   
August 31, 2014
   
September 30, 2013
 
Change in Interest Rates
       
+200 basis points
   
2.9
%
   
0.8
%
+100 basis points
   
1.5
%
   
0.2
%
-100 basis points
   
-4.9
%
   
-2.6
%

As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for the first eight months of 2014 illustrate little to no change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment.  The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a downward repricing of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario.  Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2014 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark also uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  As of August 31, 2014 (the latest available information), the EVE at risk for an instantaneous up 200 basis point shift in rates produced an increase in net portfolio value of 6.4%, compared to a net portfolio value increase of 4.6% at September 30, 2013.  An instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates produced a decline in net portfolio value of 6.4% at August 31, 2014, compared to a decline of 3.3% at September 30, 2013.  At August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2013, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.  The following table summarizes the effect that various rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at August 31, 2014 and September 30, 2013:
 
   
Estimated % Change
in Net Portfolio Value
 
   
August 31, 2014
   
September 30, 2013
 
Change in Interest Rates
       
+200 basis points
   
6.4
%
   
4.6
%
+100 basis points
   
4.2
%
   
2.7
%
-100 basis points
   
-6.4
%
   
-3.3
%

Trustmark determines the fair value of MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.

At September 30, 2014, the MSR fair value was approximately $67.1 million, compared to $62.9 million at September 30, 2013.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at September 30, 2014, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.
 
84

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact to Trustmark, see Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements located elsewhere in this report.

ITEM 3.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
 
ITEM 4.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
Information required by this item is set forth in under the heading “Note 12 – Contingencies: Legal Proceedings” in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
 
There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

ITEM 2.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Trustmark did not engage in any unregistered sales of equity securities during the third quarter of 2014.

ITEM 3.
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable
 
ITEM 5.
OTHER INFORMATION
 
None
 
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.

85

EXHIBIT INDEX

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.
 
86

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
TRUSTMARK CORPORATION
 
BY:
/s/ Gerard R. Host
BY:
/s/ Louis E. Greer
 
Gerard R. Host
 
Louis E. Greer
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and
 
Principal Accounting Officer
       
DATE:
November 6, 2014
DATE:
November 6, 2014

 
87